Heartland announces solid FY2024 result
Note: All figures in NZD unless otherwise stated. Endnotes are located at the end of this announcement.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 |
heartlandgroup.info
NZX/ASX release
29 August 2024
Heartland announces solid FY2024 result, sets foundation for
continued growth
Heartland Group Holdings Limited (Heartland) (NZX/ASX: HGH) has announced a net profit after tax
(NPAT) of $74.5 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2024 (FY2024). On an underlying basis
1
,
FY2024 NPAT was $102.7 million.
In a challenging economic environment, Heartland achieved solid gross finance receivables
(Receivables)
2
growth, up 6.4%
3
on the financial year ended 30 June 2023 (FY2023).
4
While some
volatility is expected to continue through the remainder of the 2024 calendar year, the longer-term
outlook for Heartland is positive. Having executed significant strategic milestones in FY2024 (see
page 5), further growth is anticipated in the financial year ending 30 June 2025 (FY2025) as
Heartland continues towards its ambitions for the financial year ending 30 June 2028 (FY2028).
Heartland’s FY2024 result was impacted by the rapidly deteriorating economic conditions in May
and June 2024 which saw the emergence of additional provisions primarily in Heartland Bank
Limited’s (Heartland Bank’s) Asset Finance, Motor Finance and Rural portfolios (see page 4). This
resulted in a 4.9% shortfall to guidance. This late increase in provisions reflects (amongst other
things) enhancements to Heartland Bank’s Motor Finance provisioning model, a more conservative
provisioning approach on certain Rural exposures, and the effect of the sustained inflationary
environment on some consumer and business borrowers.
NPAT NIM
5
Cost-to-income
(CTI) ratio
Receivables
Reported
$74.5m
22.2%
on FY2023
3.39%
58 basis points
(bps) on FY2023
48.0%
311 bps
on FY2023
$7.2b
6.4%
3
on FY2023
Underlying
1
$102.7m
6.7%
on FY2023
3.64%
36 bps
on FY2023
41.9%
6 bps
on FY2023
11.8%
CAGR
FY2020-FY2024
6
Highlights
‒ Solid FY2024 result achieved in a challenging economic environment.
- One-off or non-cash technical items had a $28.2 million impact on NPAT.
- The shortfall to guidance was largely due to the late increase of $10.1 million of provisions,
detailed on page 4, primarily in Heartland Bank’s Asset Finance, Motor Finance and Rural
portfolios (without which Heartland would have seen a result within guidance).
‒ Growth in Receivables of 6.4% ($432.1 million)
3
on FY2023 to $7.2 billion in FY2024.
- Reverse Mortgages up 20.2% in New Zealand and 19.7%
3
in Australia.
- Asset Finance up 8.0% in a market with difficult trading conditions.
- Motor Finance up 3.8% in a market where total new and used car sales by dealers were
down by 12.7%.
7
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info 2
‒ Significant strategic milestones set the foundation to achieve FY2028 growth ambitions.
- Completed the acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited (Challenger Bank) and subsequently
rebranded the authorised deposit taking institution (ADI) to Heartland Bank Australia
Limited (Heartland Bank Australia).
- Successfully completed a $210 million equity raise to fund the acquisition, with strong
investor support.
- Heartland Bank’s core banking system was successfully upgraded, enabling increased
digitalisation and automation.
FY2024 financial results
FY2024 reported results have been normalised to exclude one-off or non-cash technical items.
8
FY2024 FY2023
Reported NPAT $74.5m $95.9m
‒ De-designation of derivatives
$4.7m $6.5m
‒ Fair value changes on equity investments held
$0.3m $4.5m
‒ Bridging loan
n/a $1.3m
‒ Australia Bank Programme transaction costs
$7.7m $2.2m
‒ Other provisions
n/a ($0.5m)
‒ Other
$0.6m $0.2m
Adjusted NPAT
1
$87.9m n/a
‒ Provisions for a subset of legacy lending
$11.5m n/a
‒ Challenger Bank NPAT
$3.3m n/a
Underlying NPAT
1
$102.7m $110.2m
Underlying NPAT guidance range $108-112m $109-114m
FY2024 financial performance
Growth
Consistent with the market, Heartland’s growth in FY2024 was impacted by the challenging
economic environment. Despite this, Heartland grew Receivables by 6.4% ($432.1 million)
3
to $7.2
billion.
Reverse Mortgages, Asset Finance and Motor Finance continued to perform well. Reverse Mortgage
Receivables were up $179.6 million (20.2%)
to $1.07 billion in New Zealand and $298.3 million
(19.7%)
3
to $1.81 billion in Australia. Asset Finance Receivables increased $54.3 million (8.0%) to
$737.0 million in a market with difficult trading conditions. Motor Finance growth of $59.0 million
(3.8%) to $1.63 billion was pleasing in a market where total new and used car sales by dealers in
New Zealand were down 12.7% in FY2024.
6
Heartland’s Australian Livestock Finance business was impacted largely by adverse weather and
market conditions as Receivables decreased $103.0 million (27.5%)
3
to $272.0 million. Receivables
balances stabilised in the second half of FY2024 (2H2024) (down $26.6 million in 2H2024 vs $76.4
million in the first half of FY2024 (1H2024)), in line with lower volatility in cattle and lamb pricing,
and improved trading conditions in New South Wales and Queensland. However, 2H2024 growth
was negatively impacted compared to forecast growth by unseasonably dry conditions across South
Australia and Victoria, presenting limited opportunity for customers to trade livestock and
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info 3
accelerating repayments. Product development to meet the growing Australian feedlotting sector, in
combination with new distribution partnerships, is expected to contribute to portfolio growth in
FY2025.
NIM
Heartland’s underlying NIM was 3.64%, a reduction of 36 bps from FY2023.
9
Underlying
NIM
FY2023 1H2024 2H2024 FY2024 FY2024 exit FY2025
expectation
NZ Banking 4.11% 3.81% 3.79% 3.79% 3.92% 4.00%
AU Banking 3.62% 3.35% 3.22% 3.17% 3.19% 3.40%
NZ Banking
Underlying NIM for Heartland Bank was 3.79%, down 32 bps from FY2023 due to a higher cost of
funds, the slower repayment of lower margin Asset Finance and Motor Finance loans as customers
deferred asset upgrades, and a slower pass through of rate increases to Reverse Mortgage
customers.
Underlying NIM stabilised during 2H2024 as cost of funds increases slowed and NIM improvement
accelerated in Asset Finance and Motor Finance, assisted by the pass through of rate increases to
New Zealand Reverse Mortgage customers late in the financial year. FY2024 exit underlying NIM was
3.92% and has improved early into FY2025.
Looking forward, underlying NIM expansion is expected to continue and is forecast to rise above 4%
by the third quarter of FY2025 driven by:
‒ continued NIM improvement in fixed rate portfolios, primarily Motor Finance and Asset Finance
‒ a focus on core lending growth combined with active management of Non-Strategic Assets (see
page 7)
‒ cost of funds benefits from a reducing rate environment.
AU Banking
Underlying NIM for Heartland Bank Australia was 3.17%, down 45 bps from FY2023 primarily due to
the $103.0 million reduction in Australian Livestock Finance Receivables, of which $76.4 million
occurred in 1H2024. This was compounded by the continued increase in wholesale cost of funding
which was not passed onto Australian Livestock Finance customers. Australian Reverse Mortgage
NIM was managed consistently to 3.00% across FY2024.
Base rate stability and an abatement in the retraction of Australian Livestock Finance saw underlying
NIM stabilise across 2H2024. FY2024 exit underlying NIM was 3.19%.
Looking forward, underlying NIM expansion is expected and is forecast to rise above 3.40% for
FY2025. An FY2025 exit underlying NIM above 4% is projected as:
‒ current excess liquidity in Heartland Bank Australia is consumed
‒ the transition from wholesale to retail funding largely concludes
‒ growth in Australian Livestock Finance is expected to return due to more favourable market
conditions and the execution of product and distribution initiatives.
Credit quality
Reflecting the challenging economic conditions, Heartland’s overall credit quality deteriorated year-
on-year during FY2024. The underlying impairment expense ratio increased to 0.44% in FY2024, up 8
bps compared with FY2023.
10
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info 4
NZ Banking
Heartland Bank’s non-performing loans ratio deteriorated from 2.56% to 3.66% in FY2024. Most of
this deterioration occurred in 1H2024 which saw an increase of 104 bps. 2H2024 saw a relative
stabilisation with only a 6 bps increase on 1H2024. The trend in total arrears showed a similar
pattern with 1H2024 witnessing a 230 bps deterioration (to a peak of 7.6%) but an improvement of
70 bps in 2H2024 to 6.9%. This deterioration primarily originated from the Motor Finance and Asset
Finance portfolios which remain under pressure.
In contrast, New Zealand’s Reverse Mortgage credit quality continues to be strong, with a weighted
average loan-to-value ratio (LVR) of 23.5%. Given house prices are expected to have troughed and
interest rates are beginning to fall, this portfolio is expected to remain strong in FY2025 and beyond.
Heartland Bank’s Online Home Loans portfolio is similarly robust with a low arrears rate of 0.4%.
Nevertheless, due to the challenging economic conditions, provisions increased by $22 million in
FY2024. This included the $16 million provision raised by Heartland Bank in December 2023 which
was utilised to cover enhanced provision modelling outcomes and to write-off longer standing loans
in Motor Finance and Business lending. As a result, Heartland Bank reduced the subset of longer
standing Motor Finance arrears by 58% between December 2023 and June 2024.
The Reserve Bank of New Zealand’s (RBNZ) August 2024 Monetary Policy Statement noted a
significant deterioration in domestic economic conditions during May and June 2024. During this
period, Heartland Bank witnessed the emergence of additional specific and collective provisions
totalling $10.1 million as follows.
‒ Specific provisions increased by $7.3 million across the Asset Finance and Rural portfolios as the
incidence of businesses that entered voluntary liquidation, receivership, or ceased to trade
increased. Furthermore, recent reductions in land prices led to a more conservative
provisioning approach on certain Rural exposures.
‒ Collective provisions increased by $2.8 million, primarily across the Motor Finance and Open for
Business portfolios as customer arrears spiked, and enhancements to the Motor Finance
provisioning model (implemented in June 2024) took effect.
Heartland Bank remains committed to ongoing investment in operational process efficiency and
systems automation within the Collections & Recoveries area, thereby maintaining the positive
momentum evidenced in 2H2024. Heartland Bank will continue to closely manage Business and
Rural loans, supporting creditworthy customers through the end of a challenging economic cycle.
The recent reduction in the rate of inflation and the associated fall in the Official Cash Rate signals a
positive change for the New Zealand economy. While this is encouraging, the projected
unemployment rate and the lag between interest rates and business outcomes means Heartland
Bank expects some volatility to continue through FY2025.
AU Banking
As farmers responded to extreme weather conditions, many held onto livestock for longer periods of
time through FY2024 to gain weight and recoup value. Heartland expects these remaining livestock
to be sold and replaced through the first half of FY2025. While conditions are improving, Heartland
Bank Australia is continuing to work closely with customers who may be experiencing stress in the
current market conditions. Despite the extreme market and seasonal conditions that Australian
Livestock Finance customers have endured, the relatively low level of provisioning (A$1.2 million) is
an indication of the credit strength and resilience of the portfolio and more broadly the sector.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info 5
Whilst in Australia interest rate and cost of living pressures will likely remain until the second half of
FY2025, Australian Reverse Mortgage credit quality is strong, with a weighted average LVR of 23.5%
and only 0.6% of loans with an LVR over 50%.
Costs
While underlying costs in FY2024 were controlled (underlying OPEX decreased by $1.3 million
(1.0%)
11
), the CTI ratio was flat year-on-year despite the reduction in net operating income which
was largely due to NIM compression and is expected to correct during FY2025.
Staff expenses decreased by $6.1 million due to lower discretionary payments following the shortfall
to underlying NPAT guidance.
IT costs increased by $1.9 million due to inflationary pressures influencing higher licensing and
service charges, alongside increased investment in IT security.
Other operating expenses increased $2.1 million due to a combination of higher legal and
professional fees and occupancy expenses.
Heartland’s underlying CTI ratio is expected to increase in FY2025 as the full cost base of the ADI is
absorbed, and Heartland Bank’s core banking system upgrade commences amortisation (adding
approximately $5.4 million of non-cash operating expenditure per annum over a seven-year period).
Despite this, Heartland remains committed to its ambition of an underlying CTI ratio of less than 35%
by the end of FY2028. Several initiatives are underway to achieve this, including:
‒ a strategy to transition from wholesale to retail funding, particularly in Australia
‒ realising cost savings through digitalisation and automation
‒ creating structural efficiencies in New Zealand and Australia as the banking group matures to
build the capacity for growth.
A year of significant strategic milestones
Heartland achieved significant strategic milestones in FY2024, positioning it well for continued
growth as the economy improves. This includes:
‒ completing the Challenger Bank acquisition on 30 April 2024 and raising $210 million to fund
the acquisition through an equity raise in April 2024, with strong investor support
‒ subsequently rebranding the ADI to Heartland Bank Australia
‒ the successful pre-acquisition deposit raising campaign by Challenger Bank, accelerating
Heartland Bank Australia’s cost of funds reduction strategy
‒ completing the upgrade of Heartland Bank’s core banking system in November 2023 and
accelerating Heartland Bank’s digital programme of work.
The achievement of these strategic milestones strengthens the foundation required for Heartland to
achieve its FY2028 ambitions of an underlying NPAT of more than $200 million, underlying CTI ratio
of less than 35% and underlying return on equity (ROE) of 12-14%, to which Heartland remains
committed.
Heartland’s pathway to achieving these ambitions is driven by modest Receivables growth, NIM
expansion, cost savings from automation, and an improvement in impairments. See page 18 of the
FY2024 IP for more detail on Heartland’s FY2028 ambitions.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info 6
Successful completion of Challenger Bank acquisition enabling expansion in Australia
A successful $210 million equity raise in April 2024 enabled the completion of Heartland Bank’s
acquisition of Challenger Bank.
The acquisition made Heartland Bank the first New Zealand registered bank to acquire an Australian
ADI. Importantly, it has created a pathway for further growth and product expansion in the
Australian market.
Post-completion, Heartland transferred its existing Australian businesses (Heartland Finance and
StockCo Australia) to the ADI and rebranded Challenger Bank to Heartland Bank Australia. It is now
the only ADI to offer both reverse mortgages and specialist livestock finance (which it continues to
provide under the StockCo brand).
Heartland Bank Australia has a highly experienced Board and management team to drive expansion
within specialist banking markets. On 22 July 2024, Michelle Winzer commenced her appointment as
Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Bank Australia. Michelle joined Heartland Bank Australia from
her role as Chief Executive Banking of RACQ Bank in Queensland and brings more than 30 years’
experience in banking and financial services, including as Chief Executive Officer of Bank of
Melbourne, and senior roles at Bankwest, the Commonwealth Bank of Australia and Westpac.
With an ADI licence and access to retail deposits, Heartland Bank Australia can now more sustainably
fund its Reverse Mortgage and Livestock Finance lending portfolios. This is expected to have a
positive effect on NIM as Heartland Bank Australia transitions its funding base from 100% wholesale
to a retail and wholesale funding mix, driving a reduction in Heartland Bank Australia’s cost of funds.
Deposit raising campaign accelerating funding transition
Heartland Bank Australia’s funding mix is expected to be predominantly retail deposits (circa 90%) by
the end of FY2025, with wholesale funding sources maintained in the minority for diversification and
additional liquidity support.
Heartland Bank Australia’s transition to retail funding was accelerated in FY2024 by Challenger
Bank’s pre-completion deposit raising programme which enabled the full repayment of a CBA
Reverse Mortgage facility prior to completion. From 1 January 2024 to 30 June 2024, the ADI
achieved deposit growth of A$1,147 million at a weighted average rate of 4.85%, 2.03% lower than
Heartland Australia’s (comprising Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd and its subsidiaries) cost of
funds across the same period.
Since completion, Heartland Bank Australia has been originating and funding all lending through
deposits on its own balance sheet while its wholesale facilities continue to repay, including the
repayment of Heartland Australia’s A$75 million Medium-Term Note on 9 July 2024.
To further diversify and strengthen its capital base, in June 2024, Heartland Bank Australia
successfully completed an inaugural A$50 million Tier 2 Subordinated Note transaction
(Subordinated Notes). The transaction received strong support from a broad range of institutional
investors, with demand for the offer nearly three times oversubscribed. The Subordinated Notes
qualified as Tier 2 Capital under the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority’s capital adequacy
framework for ADIs, and were priced at 370 bps over the 3-month Bank Bill Swap Rate.
All of this leaves Heartland Bank Australia well capitalised, profitable and with strong access to retail
deposits to fund its future growth expectations.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info 7
Heartland Bank core banking system upgrade accelerating digitalisation programme
The upgrade of Heartland Bank’s core banking system was completed in November 2023. The
upgrade positions Heartland Bank for increased scalability in the future by enabling greater levels of
digitalisation and automation not possible in the previous version of the system.
Since completion of the upgrade, Heartland Bank has accelerated its digitalisation programme of
work and expects to see the impact of this activity through FY2025. As part of this, several features
have been released to the Heartland Bank Mobile App, including functionality to increase login
security and risk detection, and features to enable increased customer self-service for many of the
reasons for customer inbound calls. Digitalisation combined with employee training and customer
awareness campaigns to increase adoption contributed to a 6% reduction in Retail calls and a 9%
reduction in Customer Service calls in FY2024 compared with FY2023. In addition, most customer
letters and statements will soon be available from the Heartland Bank Mobile App as the primary
method of distribution – this is expected to deliver substantial cost benefit through the reduction of
postage.
Non-Strategic Assets
Heartland Bank has a pool of assets it has accumulated through to its current state of maturity that
are no longer a strategic fit for the organisation. These Non-Strategic Assets (NSAs) earn little or no
income or are returning less than Heartland Bank’s cost of capital.
12
See page 23 of the FY2024 IP for
more detail.
NSAs will be managed and reported separately in FY2025 to provide greater transparency and
enable more focused resolution strategies to be adopted. This will enable underlying capital to be
redeployed to support Heartland Bank’s growth ambitions. Heartland intends to rationalise these
assets over a responsible period of time.
FY2025 outlook
While Heartland expects volatility to continue through the remainder of the 2024 calendar year,
Heartland’s long-term outlook is positive as it continues towards its ambition of an underlying NPAT
of at least $200 million by the end of FY2028.
Looking towards the end of FY2025, Heartland expects to realise the benefits from the significant
strategic milestones achieved in FY2024. This includes from the acquisition of an ADI which provides
a pathway for sustainable growth and increased profitability in Australia. In combination with that,
contributors to growth are expected to include ongoing strong demographic demand for Reverse
Mortgages in both countries and a turnaround in conditions for Australian Livestock Finance.
Heartland’s growth in New Zealand and Australia continues to be driven by Reverse Mortgages, with
CAGR for the period from 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2024 of 17.5% and 17.8% respectively. Ongoing
demographic demand is expected to drive further expansion within each of these portfolios in
FY2025.
Heartland Bank Australia is well positioned for growth beyond FY2025. While Australian Livestock
Finance Receivables decreased in FY2024, a turnaround is expected in FY2025 as market confidence
in the sector returns, supported by the execution of product development initiatives and distribution
network expansion. Australian portfolio growth is expected to be coupled with improvements in
underlying NIM through a combination of cost efficiencies and the conversion of Heartland Bank
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info 8
Australia’s funding base from its historic 100% wholesale to a predominantly (circa 90%) retail
funding base.
In New Zealand, Heartland Bank’s FY2025 focus is on simplification, including through the
rationalisation of NSAs as described above. In doing so, Heartland Bank expects to improve its
underlying NIM, leading to an increase in underlying ROE and underlying NPAT.
As Heartland Bank focuses on simplification and working towards its FY2028 ambitions, it remains
cautious around growth expectations within Motor Finance and Asset Finance given the economic
conditions and recent deterioration in credit quality. Overall growth in core lending is expected to be
coupled with the realisation of cost efficiencies through automation and digitalisation initiatives,
stabilisation of impairments over the period, and underlying NIM expansion.
Heartland expects further volatility in the markets within which it operates for the remainder of the
2024 calendar year as rate reductions bed in and the New Zealand and Australian economies
recover. In Heartland’s view, this creates too much uncertainty at this stage to provide an accurate
underlying NPAT guidance range for FY2025. Heartland will revisit its ability to provide an underlying
NPAT guidance range for FY2025 as the financial year progresses.
Final dividend
Heartland has declared a FY2024 final dividend of 3.0 cps, down 3.0 cps on FY2023. Heartland’s final
dividend yield of 8.7%
13
compares with 9.3%
14
in FY2023.
The total dividend payout ratio for FY2024 of 55% of underlying NPAT takes into consideration the
recent $210 million equity raise, acquisition of Challenger Bank and associated growth opportunities.
Having regard to Heartland’s next stage of growth, the Board expects to target a total dividend
payout ratio of at least 50% of underlying NPAT in FY2025. The Board will, as it has historically,
actively manage dividend settings and carefully consider the declaration of any dividends based on
Heartland’s capital needs, ROE accretive growth opportunities, balance sheet flexibility and financial
performance.
The final dividend will be paid on Friday 20 September 2024 (Payment Date) to shareholders on the
company’s register as at 5.00pm NZST on Friday 6 September 2024 (Record Date) and will be fully
imputed.
Heartland has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP), giving eligible shareholders the opportunity to
reinvest some or all of their dividend payments into new ordinary shares. The DRP will apply to the
final dividend with a 2.0% discount.
15
The DRP offer document and participation form is available on
Heartland’s website at heartlandgroup.info/investor-information/dividends.
– ENDS –
The persons who authorised this announcement:
Jeff Greenslade, Chief Executive Officer
Andrew Dixson, Chief Financial Officer
For further information and media enquiries, please contact:
Nicola Foley, Group Head of Communications
+64 27 345 6809, nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz
Level 3, Heartland House, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland, New Zealand
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info 9
About Heartland
Heartland is a financial services group with operations in Australia and New Zealand. Heartland has a
long history with roots stretching back to 1875 and is listed on the New Zealand and Australian stock
exchanges (NZX/ASX: HGH).
Heartland’s New Zealand business, Heartland Bank, provides customers with savings and deposit
products, reverse mortgages, online home loans, business loans, car loans and rural loans. In
Australia, Heartland Bank Australia offers competitive term deposits, is Australia's leading provider
of reverse mortgages and provides specialist livestock finance through the StockCo brand.
Heartland’s point of differentiation is its ‘best or only’ strategy – where it focuses on providing
products which are the best or only of their kind through scalable digital platforms. Heartland is
committed to delivering financial solutions through speed and simplicity, particularly via digital
platforms which reduce the cost of onboarding and make it easier for customers to open accounts or
apply for funds when they need it.
More: heartlandgroup.info
Endnotes
1
Financial results are presented on a reported and underlying basis. Reported results are prepared in
accordance with NZ GAAP and include the impacts of positive and negative one-offs, which can make it
difficult to compare performance between periods. Underlying results (which are non-GAAP financial
information) exclude the impact of the de-designation of derivatives, the fair value changes on equity
investments held, the Australian Bank Programme costs, an increase in provisions for a subset of legacy
lending, the Challenger Bank NPAT, and any other impacts of one-offs. Adjusted NPAT before excluding the
increase in provisions for a subset of legacy lending and the Challenger Bank NPAT was $87.9 million (Adjusted
NPAT). The use of underlying results is intended to allow for easier comparability between periods and is used
internally by management for this purpose. In the accompanying FY2024 investor presentation (IP), refer to
page 7 for a summary of reported and underlying results, page 8 for details about FY2024 one-offs, and pages
35 and 36 for general information about the use of non-GAAP financial measures.
2
Receivables includes Reverse Mortgages.
3
Excludes the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange (FX) rates.
4
All comparative results are based on the audited full year consolidated Financial Statements of Heartland and
its subsidiaries (the Group) for FY2023.
5
Net interest margin (NIM) is calculated as net interest income over average gross interest earning assets.
6
Compound annual growth rate (CAGR) for the period 1 June 2019 to 30 June 2024.
7
Based on data from Turners, dated June 2024 (data sourced from Waka Kotahi NZ Transport Agency).
8
In the FY2024 IP, refer to page 7 for a detailed reconciliation between reported and underlying financial
information, and page 8 for details about one-offs in the periods covered in this investor presentation.
9
Underlying NIM refers to NIM calculated using underlying results. When calculated using reported results,
NIM was 3.39%, down 58 bps compared with FY2023. For more information, see page 35 of the FY2024 IP.
10
Underlying impairment expense ratio refers to the impairment expense ratio calculated using underlying
results. When calculated using reported results, the impairment expense ratio was 0.66%, up 30 bps compared
with FY2023. For more information, see page 35 of the FY2024 IP.
11
Underlying OPEX refers to OPEX calculated using underlying results. When calculated using reported results,
OPEX was $139.4 million, up $11.3 million compared with FY2023. For more information, see page 35 of the
FY2024 IP.
12
NSAs do not reflect a structural change to Heartland’s operations.
13
FY2024 total fully imputed dividends divided by the closing share price as at 23 August 2024 of $1.12.
14
FY2023 total fully imputed dividends divided by the closing share price as at 25 August 2023 of $1.72.
15
That is, the strike price under the DRP will be 98.0% of the volume weighted average sale price of Heartland
shares over the five trading days following the Record Date. For the full details of the DRP and the Strike Price
calculation, refer to the Heartland DRP offer document dated 10 December 2018.
---
FY2024 Results
Investor Presentation
For the year ended 30 June 2024
2
01Highlights3-5
02Financial results6-18
03Australian banking19-20
04New Zealand banking21-23
05Closing remarks24-25
06Additional information26-33
07Presentation of results, disclaimer & glossary34-38
2
Contents
3
01 |
Jeff Greenslade
Chief Executive Officer
Heartland Group
Highlights
Solid result achieved in a challenging economic
environment
•Growth in Receivables up 6.4%
1
on FY2023.
•Reverse Mortgages up 20.2% in New Zealand and 19.7%
1
in Australia.
•Asset Finance up 8.0% in a market with difficult trading conditions.
•Motor Finance up 3.8% in a market where total new and used car sales
by dealers were down by 12.7%.
2
•One-off or non-cash technical items had a $28.2m impact on NPAT.
•The 4.9% shortfall to guidance was largely due to the late increase of $10.1m
of provisions (without which Heartland would have seen a result within
guidance).
Significant strategic milestones set foundation to
achieve growth ambitions
•Completed Challenger Bank acquisition and subsequently rebranded the
ADI to Heartland Bank Australia.
•Raised $210m in April 2024 equity raise to fund the acquisition, with strong
investor support.
•Pre-acquisition deposit raising accelerated Heartland Bank Australia’s cost
of funds reduction strategy.
•Completed Heartland Bank’s core banking system upgrade, accelerating
digitalisation in New Zealand.
4
1
Excludes the impact of changes in FX rates.
2
Based on data from Turners, dated June 2024 (data sourced from Waka Kotahi NZ Transport Agency).
Solid FY2024 result sets foundation for continued growth
5
6,791
7,223
180
59
(22)
(2)
(44)
54
(24)
(30)
(7)
7
10
298
(103)
57
Jun-23Reverse
Mortgages NZ
MotorPersonal
Lending
Home LoansBusiness
Relationship
Asset FinanceWholesale
Lending
Open for
Business
Rural
Relationship
Livestock
Finance NZ
Rural DirectReverse
Mortgages AU
Livestock
Finance AU
Home Loans
AU
Jun-24
(13.4%)
3.8%
3.4%
8.0%
(46.2%)
19.7%
(0.6%)
(25.9%)
(1.6%)
(27.5%
20.2%
(9.9%)
11.3%
0.0%
Growth achieved in a challenging economic environment
5
Note: The graph shows FY2024 growth in Receivables by portfolio excluding the impact of changes in FX rates. All figures in NZ$m.
$432m (6.4%)
$215m (7.6%)
HouseholdBusiness
$9m (1.3%) $44m (-3.2%)
Rural
6
02 |
Andrew Dixson
Chief Financial Officer
Heartland Group
Financial results
7
Group financial results
7
ReportedUnderlying
FY2024FY2023MovementFY2024FY2023Movement
Financial
performance
NII$277.6m$282.0m
($4.3m)(1.5%)$277.8m$283.9m
($6.1m)(2.1%)
OOI
1
$12.7m$3.3m
$9.4m282.0%$20.2m$16.9m
$3.4m19.9%
NOI$290.4m$285.3m
$5.0m1.8%$298.0m$300.7m
($2.7m)(0.9%)
OPEX$139.4m$128.1m
$11.3m8.8%$124.9m$126.2m
($1.3m)(1.0%)
Impairment Expense$46.4m$23.2m
$23.2m99.7%$30.4m$23.2m
$7.2m30.9%
Tax Expense$30.0m$38.1m
($8.1m)(21.3%)$39.9m$41.1m
$1.1m2.8%
NPAT
2
$74.5m$95.9m
($21.3m)(22.2%)$102.7m$110.2m
($7.4m)(6.7%)
NIM3.39%3.97%
(58 bps)3.64%4.00%
(36 bps)
CTI48.0%44.9%
311 bps41.9%42.0%
(6 bps)
Impairment Expense Ratio
3
0.66%0.36%
30 bps0.44%0.36%
8 bps
ROE6.6%10.4%
(385 bps)9.8%11.9%
(207 bps)
EPS9.8 cps14.0 cps
(4.2 cps)13.5 cps16.0 cps
(2.5 cps)
Financial
position
Liquid Assets$1,708m$627m
$1,082m172.6%
Receivables
4
$7,241m$6,791m
$432m
5
6.4%
5
Borrowings$7,994m$6,627m
$1,366m20.6%
Equity$1,238m$1,031m
$207m20.1%
Equity/Total Assets13.3%13.3%
3 bps
Note: See page 35 for definition of underlying financial metrics. Refer to page 7 for a detailed reconciliation between reported and underlying financial information and page 8 for details about one-offs in the periods covered in this investor presentation.
1
Reported OOI includes fair value gains/losses on investments.
2
Refer to page 8 for details about one-offs in the periods covered in this investor presentation.
3
Impairment expense as a percentage of average Receivables.
4
Receivables also includes Reverse Mortgages .
5
YoY growth excludingthe impact of changes in FX rates.
8
Reported vs underlying
8
FY2024 one-offs and non-cash technical items included in the reported result (pre-tax)
•De-designation of derivatives: a $6.6m loss was recognised in relation to derivatives that were de-
designated from prior hedge accounting relationships in FY2022.
•Fair value changes on equity investments held: a $0.5m fair value gain was recognised on
investment in Harmoney shares and a $0.8m fair value loss was recognised on investment properties.
•ABP costs: $6.1m of transaction costs in relation to acquiring an ADI in Australia and $3.7m of other
costs related to integration of the ADI into Heartland. In addition, $10.7m of costs directly attributable
to applying to become an ADI have been capitalised as an intangible asset in FY2024.
•Provisions for a subset of legacy lending: a $16.0m increase in provisions to respond to issues
affecting a subset of legacy lending.
•Other non-recurring expenses and other provisions: $0.7m of one-off staff expenses, $0.5m of one-
off legal and professional fees, and ($0.3m) of other provision.
FY2024FY2023
Reported NPAT$74.5m$95.9m
‒De-designation of derivatives$4.7m$6.5m
‒Fair value changes on equity
investments held
$0.3m$4.5m
‒Bridging loann/a$1.3m
‒ABP transaction costs$7.7m$2.2m
‒Other provisionsn/a($0.5m)
‒Other$0.6m$0.2m
Adjusted NPAT
1
$87.9mn/a
‒Provisions for a subset of legacy
lending
$11.5mn/a
‒Challenger Bank NPAT$3.3mn/a
Underlying NPAT
1
$102.7m$110.2m
Underlying NPAT guidance range$108-112m$109-114m
FY2023 one-offs and non-cash technical items included in the reported result (pre-tax)
•De-designation of derivatives: a $9.1m loss was recognised in relation to derivatives that were de-
designated from prior hedge accounting relationships in FY2022.
•Fair value changes on equity investments held: a $4.5m fair value loss was recognised on investment in
Harmoney shares.
•Bridging loan: a $1.9m interest expense was recognised for a $174m (A$158m) bridging loan taken by
Heartland to acquire StockCo Australia, which was fully repaid in September 2022.
•ABP transaction costs: $2.2m of transaction and other costs in relation to becoming an ADI in
Australia. In addition, $6.4m of costs directly attributable to applying to become an ADI have been
capitalised as an intangible asset.
•Other provisions: $0.7m of unwarranted legacy provisions were released.
•Other non-recurring expenses: $0.3m.
Note: All figures in the table on the left are after tax. Figures detailed to the right are pre-tax.
1
See page 35 for definition of underlying financial metrics. Refer to page 7 for a detailed reconciliation between reported and underlying financial information and page 8 for details about one-offs in the periods covered in this investor presentation.
9
Profitability
76.9
87.9
96.1
110.2
102.7
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
-7%
+14%
+9%
+15%
7.5%
1
Underlying NPAT ($ million)
Note: All figures in NZ$m. See page 35 for a definition of underlying financial metrics. Refer to page 7 for a detailed reconciliation between reported and underlying financial information and page 8 for details about one-offs in the periods covered in this investor presentation.
1
CAGR for the period FY2020- FY2024.
Heartland Group
Reported: 95.9 → 74.5
21.3 (22.2%)
NPAT ($ million)
72.0
87.0
95.1
95.9
74.5
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
-22%
0.9%
1
+1%
+9%
+21%
Underlying: 110.2 → 102.7
7.4 (6.7%)
10
4.33%
4.35%
4.05%
3.97%
3.39%
3.34%
4.33%
4.35%
4.16%
4.00%
3.64%
3.75%
3.81%
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY24 exitFY25
expectation
Reported NIMUnderlying NIM
Net interest margin
Note: NIM is calculated as net interest income/average gross interest earning assets. See pages 35 for definition of underlying financial metrics. Refer to page 7 for a detailed reconciliation between reported and underlying financial information and page 8 for details about one-offs in the periods
covered in this investor presentation.
1
Heartland Bank acquired Challenger Bank (now Heartland Bank Australia) on 30 April 2024. Prior to that, Heartland’s Australian businesses operated as Heartland Australia Group, which did not have an ADI licence or access to deposit funding in Australia.
NIM Underlying NIM expansion expected in FY2025
NZ Banking
•Underlying NIM forecast to rise above 4% by Q3, driven by:
•continued Underlying NIM improvement in fixed rate portfolios, primarily Motor
Finance and Asset Finance
•a focus on core lending growth combined with active management of Non-Strategic
Assets
•cost of funds benefits from a reducing rate environment.
AU Banking
•Underlying NIM forecast to rise above 3.40% for FY2025. An exit underlying NIM above
4% is projected as:
•current excess liquidity in Heartland Bank Australia is consumed
•the transition from wholesale to retail funding largely concludes
•growth in Australian Livestock Finance is expected to return due to favourable
market conditions and the execution of product and distribution initiatives.
Underlying NIMFY2023FY2024FY2024 exit
FY2025
expectation
Heartland Bank4.11%3.79%3.92%4.00%
Heartland Bank
Australia
1
3.62%3.17%3.19%3.40%
11
45.4%
46.8%
43.6%
44.9%
48.0%
44.9%
44.8%
42.5%
42.0%
41.9%
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
Reported CTI ratioUnderlying CTI ratio
Costs
Note: CTI ratio is calculated as OPEX/NOI. Underlying CTI ratio excludes one-off impacts. See page 35 for definition of underlying financial metrics. Refer to page 7 for a detailed reconciliation between reported and underlying financial information and page 8 for details about one-offs in the periods
covered in this investor presentation.
1
Heartland Bank acquired Challenger Bank (now Heartland Bank Australia) on 30 April 2024. Prior to that, Heartland’s Australian businesses operated as Heartland Australia Group, which did not have an ADI licence or access to deposit funding in Australia.
CTI ratio
Committed to underlying CTI ratio of <35% by FY2028
FY2025 to set foundation for underlying CTI ratio improvement in FY2026
and onwards
•Heartland’s underlying CTI ratio is expected to increase in FY2025 as the full cost base
of the ADI is absorbed, and Heartland Bank’s core banking system upgrade
commences amortisation.
•Heartland Bank Australia’s underlying CTI ratio is expected to reduce significantly in
FY2025 as it completes its transition from wholesale to predominantly retail deposit
funding.
Heartland remains committed to its ambition of an underlying CTI ratio of
less than 35% by the end of FY2028
Several initiatives are underway to achieve this, including:
•a strategy to transition from wholesale to retail funding, particularly in Australia
•realising cost savings through digitalisation and automation
•creating structural efficiencies in New Zealand and Australia as the banking group
matures to build the capacity for growth.
Underlying CTI ratioFY2023FY2024
FY2025
expectation
Heartland Bank42.9%43.2%45.2%
Heartland Bank
Australia
1
45.8%48.4%45.4%
12
Impairments
Note: See page 35 for definition of underlying financial metrics. Refer to page 7 for a detailed reconciliation between reported and underlying financial information and page 8 for details about one-offs in the periods covered in this investor presentation.
1
Reported impairment expense ratio increased due to a $16.0m increase in provisions in December 2023 to respond to issues affecting a subset of legacy lending.
2
Heartland Bank acquired Challenger Bank (now Heartland Bank Australia) on 30 April 2024. Prior to that, Heartland’s Australian
businesses operated as Heartland Australia Group, which did not have an ADI licence or access to deposit funding in Australia.
Impairment expense ratio
Non-performing loans ratio
0.65%
0.31%
0.25%
0.36%
0.66%
0.44%
0.31%
0.29%
0.36%
0.44%
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
Reported Impairment Expense RatioUnderlying Impairment Expense Ratio
1.87%
1.58%
1.81%
1.87%
2.92%
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
Underlying impairment expense ratioFY2023FY2024
Heartland Bank0.49%0.60%
Heartland Bank Australia
2
0.02%0.03%
Non-performing loans ratioFY2023FY2024
Heartland Bank2.56%3.66%
Heartland Bank Australia
2
0.0%1.17%
•Impairments are at elevated levels but not outside an expected band based
on the economic environment.
•Heartland expects impairments to remain elevated in the short term.
1
13
57.4
46.6
36.8
37.0
53.9
5.3
7.1
15.2
16.3
22.5
Jun-20Jun-21Jun-22Jun-23Jun-24
Collective ProvisionSpecific Provision
Provisions
Total provisions
FY2024 increase in provisions includes:
•$16m raised in December 2023 for a subset of legacy lending and longer standing
Motor Finance loans
•$10.1m increase in specific and collective provisions as a result of the impact of the
significant deterioration in domestic economic conditions during May and June
2024, made up of:
•$7.3m increase in specific provisions across Asset Finance and Rural
•$2.8m increase in collective provisions primarily across Motor Finance and O4B.
2.54%
2.75%
2.47%
3.89%
3.18%
1.17%
1.26%
1.21%
1.86%
1.99%
2.31%
2.66%
2.95%
3.12%
3.99%
Jun-22Dec-22Jun-23Dec-23Jun-24
5 - 29 DPD %30 - 89 DPD %NPLs %
Motor Finance arrears
1.25%
2.33%
1.99%
4.26%
2.44%
1.07%
0.74%
1.73%
2.93%
3.12%
2.46%
2.91%
3.33%
4.43%
4.90%
Jun-22Dec-22Jun-23Dec-23Jun-24
5 - 29 DPD %30 - 89 DPD %NPLs %
Asset Finance arrears
14
NZ funding & liquidity
234
192
132
173
116
397
317
274
315
372
105
113
221
216
248
736
622
628
704
735
Jun 20Jun 21Jun 22Jun 23Jun 24
Heartland Bank
Liquidity Composition $m
Undrawn limitInvestmentsCash
1
Based on dashboard data from the RBNZ for the periodJuly 2023-June 2024.
2
Includes intercompany deposits.
3,269
3,220
3,597
4,131
4,376
293
395
482
388
179
66
108
268
227
484
3,628
3,723
4,347
4,746
5,039
Jun 20Jun 21Jun 22Jun 23Jun 24
Heartland Bank
Funding Composition
2
$m
DepositsBonds & Tier 2Wholesale
Solid retail deposit growth
•Heartland Bank achieved retail deposit growth of
5.9% compared to market growth of 5.8% in
challenging market conditions.
1
•Market competition resulted in a higher cost of
funds particularly as depositors favoured term
deposits given the interest rate environment. This
resulted in the call:term deposit funding ratio
reducing to 32% (from 36% in FY2023).
•Awarded in July 2024, Heartland Bank received
Canstar NZ’s Savings Bank of the Year Award for the
seventh consecutive year, and Outstanding Value
Awards for its Direct Call Account, 32 Day Notice
Saver and 90 Day Notice Saver.
•Heartland Bank continues to hold liquidity
significantly above its regulatory minimums and
maintains good access to committed facilities.
•Looking forward, Heartland Bank expects a lower
costs of funds as interest rates fall and it reduces
exposure to wholesale funding with a focus on
growing call funding.
15
Note: Heartland Bank acquired Challenger Bank (now Heartland Bank Australia) on 30 April 2024. Prior to that, Heartland’s Australian businesses operated as Heartland Australia Group, which did not have an ADI licence or access to deposit funding in Australia.
1
Prior to 30 April 2024, Heartland did not have an ADI license or deposit funding in Australia. .
2
Predominantly Australian Government Securities.
AU funding & liquidity
Funding mix expected to be ~90% retail deposits
by the end of FY2025
•Funding transition was accelerated by Challenger
Bank’s pre-completion deposit raising programme
which enabled full repayment of CBA Reverse Mortgage
facility prior to completion.
•From 1 January 2024 to 30 June 2024, the ADI achieved
deposit growth of A$1,147m at a weighted average rate
of 4.85%, 2.03% lower than Heartland Australia’s cost of
funds across the same period.
•Completed an inaugural A$50m Tier 2 Subordinated
Note transaction in June 2024.
1
5
145
111
158
105
313
37
60
76
87
347
646
183
171
233
191
1,306
Jun 20Jun 21Jun 22Jun 23Jun 24
Heartland Bank Australia
Liquidity Composition
1
A$m
Undrawn limitCashInvestment
1,454
705
877
919
1,119
809
145
221
281
242
453
121
850
1,098
1,200
1,482
2,715
Jun 20Jun 21Jun 22Jun 23Jun 24
Heartland Bank Australia
Funding Composition
1
A$m
DepositSecuritised fundingMTNs & Tier 2Other Borrowings
6.89%
4.85%
WholesaleDeposits
Cost of funds
1 Jan 2024 to 30 Jun 2024
54%
90%
46%
10%
Jun-24Jun-25 expectation
Funding mix
DepositsWholesale
~
2
16
Capital
1
6
Heartland Capital Allocation $m
Heartland Capital Movement $m
761
436
41
Heartland BankHeartland Bank AustraliaHeartland Group
$1,238m (13.3% of total assets) as of 30 June 2024
Banking
Group
NZBG
HBA Level
One
HBA Level
Two
Equity$1,196m$1,200mA$399mA$395m
Deductions$(304m)$(584m)A$(273m)A$(149m)
CET1 Capital$892m$616mA$126mA$246m
Tier Two
Capital
$98m$100mA$50mA$50m
Total
Regulatory
Capital
$990m$716mA$176mA$296m
Total Risk
Weight
Assets
$6,436$4,973A$625mA$1,479m
Total Capital
Ratio
15.39%14.40%28.11%20.03%
17
11.1%
12.0%
12.6%
11.9%
9.8%
Jun 20Jun 21Jun 22Jun 23Jun 24
Shareholder return
2
Total fully imputed dividends divided by the closing share price as at 23 August 2024 of $1.12.
2
Total fully imputed dividends divided by the closing share price as at 25 August 2023 of $1.72.
3
That is, the strike price under the DRP will be 98.0% of the volume weighted average sale price of Heartland
shares over the five trading days following the Record Date. For the full details of the DRP and the Strike Price calculation, refer to the Heartland DRP offer document dated 10 December 2018.
4
Underlying ROE refers to ROE calculated using underlying results. When calculated using reported results,
ROE was 6.6%, down 385 bps. See page 35 for more information about the use of ROE, a supplementary, non-GAAP measure.
Underlying ROE
4
•Final dividend of 3.0 cps, down 3.0 cps on FY2023.
•Dividend yield of 8.7%
1
(FY2023: 9.3%
2
).
•The total dividend payout ratio for FY2024 of 55% of underlying NPAT takes into
consideration the recent $210m equity raise, acquisition of Challenger Bank (now
Heartland Bank Australia) and associated growth opportunities.
•Heartland’s DRP will apply to the final dividend with a 2.0% discount.
3
•Having regard to Heartland’s next stage of growth, the Board expects to target a total
dividend payout ratio of at least 50% of underlying NPAT in FY2025. The Board will, as it
has historically, actively manage dividend settings and carefully consider the
declaration of any dividends based on Heartland’s capital needs, ROE accretive growth
opportunities, balance sheet flexibility and financial performance.
EPS (cps)
12.5
14.9
16.3
14.0
9.8
13.3
15.1
16.3
16.0
13.5
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
ReportedUnderlying
18
FY2028 growth ambitions
FY2028 ambitions are driven by modest Receivables growth, NIM expansion, cost savings from automation, and an improvement in impairments.
Financial
metric
FY2024
FY2028
ambition
Commentary
Receivables$7.2b
> 10%
CAGR p.a.
•Assumes modest Receivables growth below Heartland’s track record of 11.8% over the last 4 years.
1
•Organic growth in existing Australia and New Zealand portfolios which are aligned with Heartland’s
strategic ambitions.
•Increased competitiveness in Australian Reverse Mortgages and Livestock Finance through
utilisation of bank cost of funds.
•Further upside from launch of Motor Finance and Asset Finance in Australia if it is ROE accretive.
2
Underlying
NIM
3
3.64%> 4%
•Continued shift of asset mix towards higher quality portfolios and focus on recycling capital related
to Non-Strategic Assets.
•Transition of Australian funding base from 100% wholesale to a retail/wholesale funding mix to drive a
reduction in the cost of funds in the Australian business through cheaper retail deposit costs relative
to wholesale.
Underlying CTI
ratio
3
41.9%< 35%
•Investing in digitalisation and automation in New Zealand with a focus on Heartland Bank’s
Collections & Recoveries area to improve internal workflows and reduce manual effort.
•Motor digitalisation through branded online origination platforms for Motor Finance dealer partners in
New Zealand.
•Flow-on benefit of improved revenue margins.
Underlying
impairment
expense ratio
3
0.44%< 0.30%
•Heartland’s long term underlying impairment expense has been 0.37%.
4
•FY2028 ambition of < 0.30% underlying impairment expense ratio through the cycle reflects portfolio
mix transitioning towards higher quality assets (i.e. Reverse Mortgages and Livestock Finance).
12%-14%
FY2028 underlying
ROE
3
ambition
$200m+
FY2028 underlying
NPAT
3
ambition
1
CAGR calculated for the period from 30 June 2020 to 30 June 2024.
2
Subject to meeting minimum ROE hurdles and APRA consultation.
3
See pages 35-36 for definition of underlying financial metrics.
4
Average of impairment expense ratio between FY2020 and FY2024.
The ratios and growth rates provided for the financial metrics underlying the FY2028 ambitions are not targets. They represent an indication of how the financial metrics may work in combination to achieve the FY2028
underlying NPAT and ROE ambitions. The FY2028 ambitions and underlying key metrics assumes current growth in Receivables being maintained and no material deterioration in the economic environment.
19
03 |
Michelle Winzer
Chief Executive Officer
Heartland Bank Australia
Australian banking
20
AU FY2025 focus
Business growth
Continue to focus on expansion within existing
specialist lending portfolios: Reverse Mortgages and
Livestock Finance.
•Leverage the strong ongoing demographic demand
for Reverse Mortgages, providing older Australians
with a solution to remaining in their home as they
age.
•Execute on Livestock Finance product development
initiatives, including meeting demand within the
growing feedlotting sector.
•Expand distribution networks and strengthen
partnerships to increase product reach.
Service excellence
Through a commitment to strategy execution and
discipline, deliver service excellence for customers
while progressing towards FY2028 ambitions.
•Execute on strategic initiatives towards FY2028
ambitions.
•Focus on cost optimisation and discipline to realise
underlying CTI ratio expectations.
•Review end-to-end processes and identify
opportunities to streamline and deliver faster time
to service for customers.
•Invest in digitalisation and automation to improve
service delivery, and ultimately lead to enhanced
customer experience.
Operational efficiency
Increase the capacity to do more through operational
efficiencies as the ADI continues to establish itself as
Heartland Bank Australia.
•Create structural efficiencies by removing duplication
and identifying process improvement as the cultures
of the three previous AU businesses (Heartland
Finance, StockCo Australia and Challenger Bank)
come together.
•Transition from historic 100% wholesale to
predominantly (~90%) retail funding – the benefits of
which are expected to flow through to improvements
in the underlying CTI ratio and underlying NIM.
Heartland Bank Australia is well positioned for sustainable growth beyond FY2025 through its focus on business growth, operational efficiency, service
excellence and risk management.
21
04 |
Leanne Lazarus
Chief Executive Officer
Heartland Bank
New Zealand banking
22
NZ FY2025 focus
In New Zealand, Heartland Bank aims to expand its margin and reduce costs to deliver better returns. These key strategic priorities will drive a strong
contribution to the Group’s FY2028 ambitions.
Margin expansion
NIM expansion >4%
•Growth in Reverse Mortgages and Motor Finance.
•Proactive management of fixed back book portfolios in
Asset Finance and Motor Finance.
•Actively increase mix of retail funding focused on
growth in call deposits.
Cost reduction
Reduce costs by $5m
•Cost savings through digitalisation and automation
($3.8m).
•Digitalise 58% of basic banking functions to enable
customers to self-serve.
•Mobile app customer usage uplift to 60% and
reduction of customer calls by 35%.
•Automate 35% of processes.
•Offer customers flexibility to self manage loan
repayments for Motor Finance (from October 2024).
•Cost savings through structural and supplier efficiency
with disciplined cost management ($1.2m).
Simplification and better returns
Accelerate growth in strategic portfolios
•Simplify the business through identifying lending
that no longer aligns to Heartland Bank’s strategy.
•Develop focused strategies to separately manage
Non-Strategic Assets, within an appropriate time
frame.
23
Non-Strategic Assets
Non-Strategic Assets includes assets that earn little or no income or are returning less than Heartland’s cost of capital.
1
•Non-Strategic Assets will be managed and reported separately in FY2025 to provide greater transparency and enable more focused resolution strategies to be
adopted. This will enable underlying capital to be redeployed to support Heartland Bank’s growth ambitions.
•Heartland intends to rationalise these assets over a responsible period of time.
Non-Strategic AssetsJune 2024
Equity investments$13.5m
Investment properties$3.7m
Property $12.6m
Receivables
2
- Business$74.4m
- Rural$113.7m
Total$217.8m
1
Non-Strategic Assets do not reflect a structural change to Heartland’s operations.
2
Receivables as at 30 June 2024 excluding provisions.
24
05 |
Jeff Greenslade
Chief Executive Officer
Heartland Group
Closing remarks
25
Looking forward
Long-term outlook remains positive
towards FY2028 ambitions
•Long-term outlook is positive as Heartland expects to realise benefits
from the significant strategic milestones achieved in FY2024.
•In Australia, Heartland Bank Australia is well positioned for growth
beyond FY2025.
•In New Zealand, Heartland Bank’s FY2025 focus is on simplification and
strategic core lending.
Volatility to continue through the
remainder of CY2024
•In Heartland’s view, this creates too much uncertainty at this stage for
Heartland to provide an accurate underlying NPAT guidance range for
FY2025.
•Heartland will revisit its ability to provide an underlying NPAT guidance
range for FY2025 as the financial year progresses.
26
06 |
Additional information
$1.07b
NZ Reverse Mortgages
+$179.6m (20.2%)
vs June 2023
$141,183
Average
loan size
77
Average age of youngest borrower
on a loan
17.5%
CAGR FY2020-FY2024
1
9.1%
Average
origination LVR
23.5%
Weighted
average LVR
0.1%
Proportion of the
loan book over 75% LVR
2
Number of loans in the
book over 75% LVR
$197m
(+$0.6m vs FY2023)
FY2024 origination
$113m
(+$16.2m vs FY2023)
Total repayments in FY2024
12.7%
(vs 13.4% in FY2023)
FY2024 repayment rate
24.8%
(vs 31.8% in FY2023)
Repayments from vintage loans
(+11 years)
1
CAGR for the period 1 July 2020 – 30 June 2024.
27
27
NZ Reverse Mortgage portfolio analytics
1
CAGR for the period 1 July 2020 – 30 June 2024.
A$1.67b
AU Reverse Mortgages
+A$276m (19.6%)
vs June 2023
A$188,756
Average
loan size
76
Average age of youngest borrower
on a loan
17.8%
CAGR FY2020-FY2024
1
11.5%
Average
origination LVR
23.5%
Weighted
average LVR
0.0%
Proportion of the
loan book over 75% LVR
2
Number of loans in the
book over 75% LVR
A$331m
(+A$1.4m vs FY2023)
FY2024 origination
A$200m
(+A$15.5m vs FY2023)
Total repayments in FY2024
14.3%
(vs 16.0% in FY2023)
FY2024 repayment rate
13.8%
(vs 16.1% in FY2023)
Repayments from vintage loans
(+11 years)
28
28
AU Reverse Mortgage portfolio analytics
As part of the new Climate-Related Disclosures obligations introduced through the Financial Sector (Climate-Related Disclosures and Other Matters) Amendment Act
2021, Heartland’s first climate statement is required as part of its full year reporting for FY2024. Heartland’s first climate statement will be published on 30 September
2024, alongside its Annual Report. Further detail can be found within the accompanying FY2024 Heartland Bank Limited Disclosure Statement.
Heartland’s climate commitment is part of its broader sustainability strategy which is built on three pillars: environment, people and financial wellbeing.
Environment
Support the just transition to a net-zero economy.
•Build the capability to appropriately take climate
change risks into consideration when making
lending decisions.
•Fund Heartland’s borrowers’ transition to a net-
zero economy.
•Embed sustainability into what Heartland does.
Financial wellbeing
Support the financial wellbeing of Heartland’s
customers and communities.
•Enhancing economic outcomes for customers
through digitalisation.
•Ensuring customers can benefit from Heartland’s
digitalisation journey.
•Ensuring Heartland’s values and commitments
are shared by its suppliers.
People
Caring for Heartland’s people, customers and
communities.
•Care for the communities Heartland operates in.
•Create a pathway and place for Heartland’s
people to grow, thrive and be empowered to
achieve Heartland’s goals as one team.
•Care for Heartland’s customers.
29
Sustainability strategy
More: heartlandgroup.info/sustainability
30
Regulatory update
With the completion of the acquisition of (now) Heartland Bank Australia, the
Heartland group now includes an APRA-regulated ADI which is subject to
prudential regulation in Australia.
In New Zealand, Heartland Bank has recently updated its processes for assessing
consumer loans in response to the revocation of the prescriptive affordability
requirements from the Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Regulations 2004.
The Government is continuing to assess, amongst other matters, the disclosure
obligations and liability settings for directors and senior managers under the
Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003, which Heartland is closely
monitoring.
On 20 August 2024, the Commerce Commission published its final report into
competition in the personal banking sector. Heartland Bank welcomes the review
and broader mandate to introduce more competition in personal banking and is
supportive of the Commerce Commission’s recommendations.
In mid-June 2024, the Finance Minister announced a joint Select Committee
inquiry into banking competition with a focus on rural banking. Terms of reference
have now been released with submissions due to the Select Committee on 25
September 2024.
The Depositor Compensation Scheme under the Deposit Takers Act 2023 (Act) is
expected to commence mid-2025. Heartland Bank is continuing to contribute to
industry consultations that are underway.
In May 2024, the Customer and Product Data Bill (Bill), known as ‘open banking’
was introduced to Parliament and the first sectors to be designated are banking
and electricity. The Bill has been referred to the Select Committee with
submissions due in September 2024.
Heartland Bank continues its preparations for the new conduct regime which
comes into force from 31 March 2025, and expects to make its conduct licence
application to the Financial Markets Authority by October 2024.
31
Corporate structure
3
1
1
StockCo Australia is a group of companies.
Introducing Heartland Bank Australia
•On 30 April 2024, Heartland Bank completed the
acquisition of Challenger Bank and became the first
registered New Zealand bank to acquire an Australian ADI.
•The ADI was subsequently rebranded to Heartland Bank
Australia.
•On 2 May 2024, Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited
and its subsidiaries (which include Heartland Australia
Group and StockCo Australia) were transferred to
Heartland Bank Australia.
•With the inclusion of Heartland’s existing Australian
businesses, Australian Seniors Finance (offering Reverse
Mortgages under the Heartland Finance brand) and
StockCo Australia as part of the regulated banking group
(the “Australian Banking Group”), Heartland Bank Australia
is now Australia’s only specialist provider of both reverse
mortgages and livestock finance.
•Drawing on Heartland’s expertise in New Zealand, and its
successful track record in Australia, Heartland Bank
Australia will focus on providing Australians with specialist
banking products that are the best or only of their kind,
through digital channels.
Heartland Group
(NZX/ASX: HGH)
Heartland Bank
Heartland Bank Australia
(previously Challenger Bank)
Heartland Australia
Holdings
StockCo Australia
1
Heartland Australia Group
Australian Seniors Finance
BBB (stable) Fitch
NZ Banking Group
BBB (stable) Fitch
AU Banking Group
BBB (stable) Fitch
BBB- (stable)
Fitch
NZ company
AU company
32
Geoff
Summerhayes
Chair & Independent Non-Executive
Director
Appointed in 2024
Shane Buggle
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2024
Lyn McGrath
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2024
Vivienne Yu
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2024
Leanne Lazarus
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2024
Jeff
Greenslade
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2024
Bruce Irvine
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2024
Board of Directors
Greg
Tomlinson
Chair & Non-Independent Non-Executive
Director
Appointed in 2018 (2013 to Heartland NZ Ltd
Board)
1
Jeff
Greenslade
CEO & Non-Independent Executive
Director
Appointed in 2018 (2010 to Heartland NZ Ltd
Board)
1
Kate Mitchell
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2021
John Harvey
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2024
Simon Beckett
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2024
Rob Bell
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2024
Note: See heartlandgroup.info/about-heartland/board-of-directors for full profiles.
1
Heartland changed its name from Heartland New Zealand Limited to Heartland Bank Limited on 31 December 2015 (in conjunction with the amalgamation of Heartland New Zealand Limited and Heartland Bank Limited).
Heartland Group
Bruce Irvine
Chair & Independent Non-Executive
Director
Appointed in 2015 (2013 to Heartland NZ Ltd
Board)
1
Jeff
Greenslade
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2015 (2010 to Heartland NZ Ltd
Board)
1
John Harvey
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2015 (2013 to Heartland NZ Ltd
Board)
1
Kate Mitchell
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2019
Shelley Ruha
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2020
Simon Tyler
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2022
Heartland Bank (New Zealand)Heartland Bank (Australia)
33
Michelle Winzer
Chief Executive Officer
Joined in 2024
David Brown
Chief Risk Officer
Joined Challenger Bank in 2021
Sarah
Burgemeister
General Counsel
Joined Heartland Finance in 2023
Medina Cicak
Chief Commercial Officer
Joined in 2024
Richard Collier
Chief Financial Officer
Joined Challenger Bank in 2024
Vaughan Dixon
Chief Technology & Operations Officer
Joined in 2024
Sharon Yardley
Chief Compliance & Sustainability Officer
Joined Heartland Finance in 2004
1
Management
Jeff
Greenslade
Chief Executive Officer
Joined in 2009
Chris Flood
Deputy Chief Executive Officer
Joined in 1997
Andrew Dixson
Group Chief Financial Officer
Joined in 2010
Aleisha
Langdale
Chief Performance Officer
Joined in 2015
Heartland Group
Leanne Lazarus
Chief Executive Officer
Joined in 2022
Andy Wood
Chief Risk Officer
Joined in 2022
Kerry Conway
Chief Financial Officer
Joined in 2024
Michael Drumm
Chief Operating Officer
Joined in 2015
Phoebe
Gibbons
General Counsel
Joined in 2020
Lana West
Chief People & Culture Officer
Joined in 2021
Heartland Bank (New Zealand)Heartland Bank (Australia)
Note: See heartlandgroup.info/about-heartland/board-of-directors for full profiles.
1
Prior to Heartland’s acquisition in 2014.
34
07 |
Presentation of results,
disclaimer & glossary
Audited financial results in this investor presentation are presented on a reported and underlying basis.
•Reported results are prepared in accordance with NZ GAAP and include the impacts of one-offs, both positive and
negative, which can make it difficult to compare performance between periods.
•Underlying results (which are non-GAAP financial information) exclude the impact of the de-designation of derivatives,
the fair value changes on equity investments held, the Australian Bank Programme costs, an increase in provisions for a
subset of legacy lending, the Challenger Bank NPAT, and other one-offs. This is intended to allow for easier
comparability between periods and is used internally by management for this purpose.
Adjustments for underlying results impact NOI, OPEX, NPAT, NIM and EPS. Underlying ROE, underlying CTI ratio and underlying
impairment expense ratio measures are supplementary, non-GAAP measures that may be used by investors, industry analysts
and others in assessing and benchmarking profitability and performance against the industry and/or other companies. A GAAP
and non-GAAP comparative is provided for each of these measures.
Refer to page 7 for a detailed reconciliation between reported and underlying financial information, and page 8 for details
about one-offs in the periods covered in this investor presentation.
General information about the use of non-GAAP financial measures is set out on page 36 of this investor presentation.
Presentation of results
35
This presentation has been prepared by Heartland Group Holdings Limited (NZX/ASX: HGH)
(the Company or Heartland) for the purpose of briefings in relation to its Financial
Statements.
The presentation and the briefing (together the Presentation) contain summary information
only, which should not be relied on in isolation from the full detail in the Financial Statements.
The information in the Presentation has been prepared with due care and attention, but its
accuracy, correctness and completeness cannot be guaranteed. No person (including the
Company and its directors, shareholders and employees) will be liable to any other person
for any loss arising in connection with the Presentation.
The Presentation outlines a number of the Company’s forward-looking plans and projections.
Those plans and projections reflect current expectations, but are inherently subject to risk
and uncertainty, and may change at any time. There is no assurance that those plans will be
implemented or that projections will be realised. You are strongly cautioned not to place
undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, particularly in light of the current
economic climate.
No person is under any obligation to update this presentation at any time after its release or
to provide further information about the Company.
The information in this presentation is of a general nature and does not constitute financial
product advice, investment advice or any recommendation. Nothing in this presentation
constitutes legal, financial, tax or other advice.
Non-GAAP measures
This presentation contains references to non-GAAP measures including underlying profit or
loss, underlying ROE, underlying CTI ratios, underlying impairment expense ratios and
underlying EPS. A reconciliation between reported and the non-GAAP measure of underlying
financial information is included on page 7.
Because Heartland complies with accounting standards, investors know that comparisons
can be made with confidence between reported profits and those of other companies, and
there is integrity in Heartland’s reporting approach. These non-GAAP figures are provided as
a supplementary measure for readers to assess Heartland’s performance alongside NZ GAAP
reported measures, where one-offs, both positive and negative, can make it difficult to
compare profits between years. However, these non-GAAP measures do not have
standardised meanings prescribed by GAAP and should not be viewed in isolation nor
considered a substitute for measures reported in accordance with NZ GAAP.
Non-GAAP financial information has not been subject to review by PricewaterhouseCoopers,
Heartland’s external auditor.
All amounts are in New Zealand dollars unless otherwise indicated. Financial data in this
presentation is as at 30 June 2024 unless otherwise indicated. Any other financial
information provided as at a date after 30 June 2024 has not been audited or reviewed by any
independent registered public accounting firm.
Disclaimer
36
ABPAustralia Bank Programme
Heartland Australia
Group
Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd and its direct and indirect
wholly-owned subsidiaries
ADIAuthorised deposit-taking institutionHeartland BankHeartland Bank Limited
APRAAustralian Prudential Regulation AuthorityHeartland Bank AustraliaHeartland Bank Australia Limited
bpsBasis pointsLVRLoan-to-value ratio
CAGRCompound annual growth rateNIINet interest income
Challenger BankChallenger Bank LimitedNIMNet interest margin
cpsCents per shareNOINet operating income
CTI ratioCost to income ratioNPATNet profit after tax
CY2024The calendar year ending 31 December 2024O4BOpen for Business
DRPDividend Reinvestment PlanOOIOther Operating Income
EPSEarnings per shareOPEXOperating expenses
FXForeign currency exchangeppsPercentage points
FY2023The financial year ended 30 June 2023RBNZReserve Bank of New Zealand
FY2024The financial year ended 30 June 2024ReceivablesGross Finance Receivables
FY2025The financial year ending 30 June 2025ROEReturn on Equity
FY2028The financial year ending 30 June 2028
StockCo, StockCo
Australia
Comprised of StockCo Australia Management Pty Ltd, StockCo
Holdings 2 Pty Ltd and their subsidiaries
HarmoneyHarmoney Corp LimitedQ3The third quarter of FY2025 (1 January to 31 March 2025)
HeartlandHeartland Group Holdings Limited or the CompanyYoY
Year-on-year
Glossary
37
Investor information
For more information, go to
heartlandgroup.info/investor-information
Investor & media relations
Nicola Foley
Group Head of Communications
+64 27 345 6809
nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz
Thank you
---
Results announcement
(for Equity Security issuer/
Equity and Debt Security issuer)
Results for announcement to the market
Name of issuer Heartland Group Holdings Limited
Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2024
Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2023
Currency NZD
Amount (000s) Percentage change
Revenue from continuing
operations
$290,354 1.8%
Total Revenue $290,354 1.8%
Net profit/(loss) from
continuing operations
$74,549 -22.2%
Total net profit/(loss) $74,549 -22.2%
Interim/Final Dividend
Amount per Quoted Equity
Security
$ 0.03000000
Imputed amount per Quoted
Equity Security
$ 0.01166667
Record Date 06/09/2024
Dividend Payment Date 20/09/2024
Current period Prior comparable period
Net tangible assets per
Quoted Equity Security
$1.00 $1.09
A brief explanation of any of
the figures above necessary
to enable the figures to be
understood
Please refer to the audited financial statements that accompany
this announcement for a further explanation of these figures.
Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised
to make this announcement
Andrew Dixson, Chief Financial Officer
Contact person for this
announcement
Nicola Foley, Group Head of Communications
Contact phone number 027 345 6809
Contact email address nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz
Date of release through MAP
29/08/2024
Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.
---
Distribution Notice
Section 1: Issuer information
Name of issuer Heartland Group Holdings Limited
Financial product name/description Ordinary shares
NZX ticker code HGH
ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX
website)
NZHGHE0007S9
Type of distribution
(Please mark with an X in the
relevant box/es)
Full Year X Quarterly
Half Year Special
DRP applies X
Record date 06/09/2024
Ex-Date (one business day before the
Record Date)
05/09/2024
Payment date (and allotment date for
DRP)
20/09/2024
Total monies associated with the
distribution
1
$27,916,839.87
Source of distribution (for example,
retained earnings)
Retained earning
Currency NZD
Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product
Gross distribution
2
$ 0.04166667
Gross taxable amount
3
$ 0.04166667
Total cash distribution
4
$ 0.03000000
Excluded amount (applicable to listed
PIEs)
NIL
Supplementary distribution amount $ 0.00529412
Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax
5
Is the distribution imputed
Fully imputed – YES
Partial imputation
No imputation
1
Continuous issuers should indicate that this is based on the number of units on issue at the date of the form
2
“Gross distribution” is the total cash distribution plus the amount of imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of
Resident Withholding Tax (RWT).
3
“Gross taxable amount” is the gross distribution minus any excluded income.
4
“Total cash distribution” is the cash distribution excluding imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of RWT.
This should include any excluded amounts, where applicable to listed PIEs.
5
The imputation credits plus the RWT amount is 33% of the gross taxable amount for the purposes of this form. If the distribution is
fully imputed the imputation credits will be 28% of the gross taxable amount with remaining 5% being RWT. This does not constitute
advice as to whether or not RWT needs to be withheld.
If fully or partially imputed, please
state imputation rate as % applied
6
28%
Imputation tax credits per financial
product
$ 0.01166667
Resident Withholding Tax per
financial product
$ 0.00208333
Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)
DRP % discount (if any)
2.0%
Start date and end date for
determining market price for DRP
09/09/2024 13/09/2024
Date strike price to be announced (if
not available at this time)
16/09/2024
Specify source of financial products to
be issued under DRP programme
(new issue or to be bought on market)
New Issue
DRP strike price per financial product
$
Last date to submit a participation
notice for this distribution in
accordance with DRP participation
terms
09/09/2024, 5:00pm NZT
Section 5: Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised to make
this announcement
Andrew Dixson, Chief Financial Officer
Contact person for this
announcement
Nicola Foley, Group Head of Communications
Contact phone number 027 345 6809
Contact email address nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz
Date of release through MAP
29/08/2024
6
Calculated as (imputation credits/gross taxable amount) x 100. Fully imputed dividends will be 28% as a % rate applied.
---
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
NZX/ASX release
29 August 2024
ASX Listing Rule 1.15.3 Statement
Heartland Group Holdings Limited’s (Heartland) (NZX/ASX: HGH) (an ASX Foreign Exempt Listing)
confirms, for the purposes of ASX Listing Rule 1.15.3, that it has complied with and continues to
comply with the Listing Rules of NZX Limited, which is its overseas home exchange.
– ENDS –
The person(s) who authorised this announcement:
Jeff Greenslade
Chief Executive Officer
For further information, please contact:
Nicola Foley
Group Head of Communications
+64 27 345 6809
nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz
Level 3, Heartland House, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland, New Zealand
---
Financial
Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2024
P. 2
Contents
Page
General Information........................................................................................................................................................... 3
Auditor.................................................................................................................................................................................. 3
Other Material Matters...................................................................................................................................................... 3
Directors............................................................................................................................................................................... 4
Directors’ Statements......................................................................................................................................................... 5
Statement of Comprehensive Income................................................................................................................................. 6
Statement of Changes in Equity........................................................................................................................................... 7
Statement of Financial Position............................................................................................................................................ 8
Statement of Cash Flows....................................................................................................................................................... 9
Notes to the Financial Statements
1 Financial statements preparation........................................................................................................................ 11
Performance
2 Segmental analysis................................................................................................................................................. 17
3 Net interest income................................................................................................................................................ 19
4 Net operating lease income................................................................................................................................... 20
5 Other income........................................................................................................................................................... 21
6 Operating expenses................................................................................................................................................. 22
7 Compensation of auditor....................................................................................................................................... 22
8 Impaired asset expense.......................................................................................................................................... 24
9 Taxation.................................................................................................................................................................... 25
10 Earnings per share.................................................................................................................................................. 26
Financial Position
11 Investments............................................................................................................................................................ 27
12 Derivative financial instruments.......................................................................................................................... 28
13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost.................................................................................... 33
14 Operating lease vehicles........................................................................................................................................ 38
15 Borrowings.............................................................................................................................................................. 39
16 Share capital and dividends.................................................................................................................................. 42
17 Other reserves........................................................................................................................................................ 43
18 Other balance sheet items.................................................................................................................................... 44
19 Acquisition.............................................................................................................................................................. 49
20 Related party transactions and balances............................................................................................................ 51
21 Fair value................................................................................................................................................................. 53
Risk Management
22 Enterprise risk management................................................................................................................................. 58
23 Credit risk exposure............................................................................................................................................... 63
24 Liquidity risk............................................................................................................................................................ 68
25 Interest rate risk..................................................................................................................................................... 70
Other Disclosures
26 Significant subsidiaries.......................................................................................................................................... 73
27 Structured entities................................................................................................................................................. 73
28 Staff share ownership arrangements................................................................................................................. 75
29 Securitisation, funds management and other fiduciary activities................................................................. 77
30 Concentrations of funding.................................................................................................................................... 77
31 Offsetting financial instruments.......................................................................................................................... 78
32 Contingent liabilities and commitments............................................................................................................. 79
33 Events after reporting date.................................................................................................................................. 79
Auditor’s Report.................................................................................................................................................................. 80
P. 3
General Information
These financial statements are issued by Heartland Group Holdings Limited (HGH) and its subsidiaries (the Group) for the year
ended 30 June 2024.
Name and address for service
The Group’s address for service is Level 3, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland 1023.
Details of incorporation
HGH was incorporated under the Companies Act 1993 on 19 July 2018.
Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers
PwC Tower, Level 27
15 Customs Street West
Auckland 1010
Other Material Matters
There are no material matters relating to the business or affairs of the Group that are not disclosed in these consolidated financial
statements which, if disclosed, would materially affect the decision of a person to subscribe for debt or equity instruments of
which the Group is the issuer.
P. 4
Directors
All Directors of HGH reside in New Zealand with the exception of Robert Bell and Simon Beckett who reside in Australia.
Communications to the Directors can be sent to Heartland Group Holdings Limited, Level 3, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland
1023.
Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes resigned as Independent Non-Executive Director of HGH, effective 30 April 2024.
Edward John Harvey was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director of HGH, effective 30 April 2024.
Ellen Frances Comerford resigned as Independent Non-Executive Director of HGH, effective 26 June 2024.
Robert Bell was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director of HGH, effective 27 June 2024.
Simon Beckett was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director of HGH, effective 27 June 2024.
There have been no other changes to the composition of the Board of Directors of the Group for the year ended 30 June 2024.
The Directors of HGH and their details at the time these financial statements were signed were:
Chair – Board of Directors
Name: Gregory Raymond Tomlinson Qualifications: AME
Type of Director: Non-Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
Alta Cable Holdings Limited, Chippies Vineyard Limited, Indevin Group Holdings Limited, Indevin Group Investments Limited,
Indevin Group Limited, Mountbatten Trustee Limited, Nearco Stud Limited, Oceania Healthcare Limited, Pelorus Finance Limited,
St Leonards Limited, Tomlinson Group Argenta GP Limited, Tomlinson Group NZ Limited, Tomlinson Holdings Limited, Tomlinson
Group Investments Limited, Tomlinson Ventures Limited, Terra Vitae Vineyards Limited.
Name: Simon Beckett
Qualifications: BSc (Hons), GAICD
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
ORDE Holdings Pty Ltd, ORDE Financial Pty Ltd, ORDE Capital Management Limited, ORDE Mortgage Custodian Pty Ltd,
GeoSnapShot Pty Ltd, First Avenue Ventures Pty, First Avenue Capital Pty Ltd.
Name: Robert Bell Qualifications: BBus
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
Liveheats Pty Ltd, 86 Elwood Pty Ltd, Home Finance Company PTE Limited.
Name: Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade Qualifications: LLB
Type of Director: Non-Independent Executive Director Occupation: Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Group Holdings
External Directorships (excluding HGH subsidiaries):
Henley Family Investments Limited.
Name: Edward John Harvey Qualifications: BCom, CA, CFInstD
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships (excluding HGH subsidiaries):
Napier Port Holdings Limited, Pomare Investments Limited, Port of Napier Limited.
Name: Kathryn Mitchell Qualifications: BA, CMInstD
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships (excluding HGH subsidiaries):
Chambers@151 Limited, Christchurch International Airport Limited, Firsttrax Approvals Limited, Link Engine Management Limited,
Link Management International (NZ) Limited, Morrison Horgan Limited, The New Zealand Merino Company Limited, The A2 Milk
Company Limited, Purepods Limited.
P. 5
Directors' Statements
The financial statements are dated 28 August 2024 and have been signed by all Directors.
G. R. Tomlinson (Chair)R. Bell
J. K. GreensladeS. Beckett
K. MitchellE. J. Harvey
P. 6
Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 June 2024
$000's Note
June 2024 June 2023
Interest income
3
661,032 527,710
Interest expense
3
383,387 245,721
Net interest income 277,645 281,989
Operating lease income
4
6,058 5,631
Operating lease expenses
4
4,373 3,827
Net operating lease income 1,685 1,804
Lending and credit fee income
14,284 11,753
Other (expense)
5
(2,946) (5,742)
Net operating income 290,668 289,804
Operating expenses
6
139,386 128,079
Profit before impaired asset expense and income tax 151,282 161,725
Fair value (loss) on investments and investment property
(314) (4,488)
Impaired asset expense
8
46,423 23,244
Profit before income tax 104,545 133,993
Income tax expense
9
29,996 38,125
Profit for the year 74,549 95,868
Other comprehensive income
Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss, net of income tax:
Effective portion of change in fair value of derivative financial instruments in a cash flow
hedge relationship
(10,701) 7,116
Movement in fair value reserve 925 (533)
Movement in foreign currency translation reserve 1,773 (6,803)
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss, net of income tax:
Movement in fair value of equity investments at fair value through other comprehensive
income
(3,152) (2,411)
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax (11,155) (2,631)
Total comprehensive income for the year 63,394 93,237
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
10
9.85c 13.96c
Diluted earnings per share
10
9.85c 13.96c
Total comprehensive income for the year is attributable to the owners of the Group.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
P. 7
Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2024
June 2024 June 2023
Share
Capital Reserves
Retained
Earnings
Total
Equity
Share
Capital
Reserves
Retained
Earnings
Total
Equity
$000's
Note
Balance at beginning of year 800,712 6,240 224,052 1,031,004 599,185 9,936 199,586 808,707
Total comprehensive income
for the year
Profit for the year - - 74,549 74,549 - - 95,868 95,868
Other comprehensive (loss)/
income, net of income tax
17 - (11,155) - (11,155) - (2,631) - (2,631)
Total comprehensive income for
the year
- (11,155) 74,549 63,394 - (2,631) 95,868 93,237
Transactions with owners
Dividends paid 16 - - (71,190) (71,190) - - (71,402) (71,402)
Dividend reinvestment plan 16 13,476 - - 13,476 7,100 - - 7,100
Transaction costs associated
with capital raising
16 (6,254) - - (6,254) (3,749) - - (3,749)
Share based payments 28 - (2,816) - (2,816) - 105 - 105
Share issuance 16 210,255 - - 210,255 197,006 - - 197,006
Vesting of share based
payments
28 765 (765) - - 1,170 (1,170) - -
Total transactions with owners 218,242 (3,581) (71,190) 143,471 201,527 (1,065) (71,402) 129,060
Balance at end of the year 1,018,954 (8,496) 227,411 1,237,869 800,712 6,240 224,052 1,031,004
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
P. 8
Statement of Financial Position
As at 30 June 2024
$000's
Note June 2024 June 2023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 629,619 311,503
Investments 11 1,092,131 330,240
Derivative financial instruments 12 12,316 36,983
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost 13 4,266,946 4,334,214
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 21 2,897,818 2,403,810
Investment properties 3,660 11,903
Operating lease vehicles 14 18,261 16,966
Right of use assets 18 15,519 12,318
Other assets 18 35,185 27,990
Current tax asset 16,767 1,960
Intangible assets 18 279,906 235,733
Deferred tax asset 9 23,727 21,105
Total assets 9,291,855 7,744,725
Liabilities
Deposits 15 5,949,116 4,131,025
Other borrowings 15 2,040,763 2,496,375
Derivative financial instruments 12 9,017 7,624
Lease liabilities 18 17,776 14,287
Tax liabilities - 6,112
Trade and other payables 18 37,314 58,298
Total liabilities 8,053,986 6,713,721
Net assets 1,237,869 1,031,004
Equity
Share capital 16 1,018,954 800,712
Retained earnings and other reserves 17 218,915 230,292
Total equity 1,237,869 1,031,004
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
P. 9
Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2024
$000's
Note June 2024 June 2023
Cash flows from operating activities
Interest received
433,047 333,874
Operating lease income received
5,288 4,571
Lending, credit fees and other income received
9,345 6,292
Operating inflows 447,680 344,737
Interest paid
(327,643) (193,679)
Payments to suppliers and employees
(155,782) (128,195)
Taxation paid
(46,842) (54,629)
Operating outflows (530,267) (376,503)
Net cash flows applied to operating activities before changes in operating assets and
liabilities
(82,587) (31,766)
Proceeds from sale of operating lease vehicles
2,219 4,492
Purchase of operating lease vehicles
(6,732) (8,766)
Net movement in finance receivables
1
473,912 (448,210)
Net movement in deposits
541,541 526,939
Net cash flows from operating activities
2
928,353 42,689
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
(28,091) (24,669)
Proceeds from investment securities
246,490 55,443
Purchase of investment securities
(637,399) (95,000)
Deposit paid for the conditional acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited
- (3,936)
Purchase of equity investment
- (6,952)
Purchase of investment property
- (71)
Cash acquired on acquisition of subsidiary
19
165,620 -
Purchase of subsidiary, net of cash acquired
- (3,047)
Net cash flows applied to investing activities (253,380) (78,232)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from wholesale borrowings
1,743,510 1,264,359
Repayment of wholesale borrowings
(2,362,786) (1,208,292)
Proceeds from issue of unsubordinated notes
189,588 87,589
Repayment of unsubordinated notes
(123,764) (330,300)
Proceeds from issue of subordinated notes
51,572 97,934
Dividends paid 16
(57,714) (64,303)
Payment of lease liabilities
(3,044) (2,656)
Net issue of share capital 16
204,001 193,364
Net cashflows (applied to)/from financing activities (358,637) 37,695
Net increase in cash held
316,336 2,152
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
1,780 (1,407)
Opening cash and cash equivalents
311,503 310,758
Closing cash and cash equivalents
3
629,619 311,503
1
Includes proceeds from sale of reverse mortgage portfolio from the Group to HBA prior to HBA's acquisition. Refer to Note 21 - Fair value for
further details.
2
Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale borrowings which are included as part of financing activities.
3
At 30 June 2024, the Group has $176.0 million (2023: $97.0 million) of cash held by the Trusts which may only be used for the purposes defined
in the underlying Trust documents. Refer to Note 27 - Structured entities for definition of Trusts and further details.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
P. 10
Statement of Cash Flows (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024
Reconciliation of profit after tax to net cash flows from operating activities
$000's
Note June 2024 June 2023
Profit for the year 74,549 95,868
Add/(less) non-cash items:
Depreciation and amortisation expense 12,129 10,124
Depreciation on lease vehicles 14 3,902 3,461
Capitalised net interest income and fee income (186,389) (154,706)
Impaired asset expense 8 46,423 23,244
Fair value movements (11,537) 6,899
Deferred tax (2,622) 1,969
Other non-cash items (3,110) 2,097
Total non-cash items (141,204) (106,912)
Add/(less) movements in operating assets and liabilities:
Finance receivables 473,912 (448,210)
Operating lease vehicles (5,197) (5,266)
Other assets 595 (2,856)
Current tax (20,919) (17,892)
Derivative financial instruments 26,060 9,521
Deposits 541,541 526,939
Other liabilities (20,984) (8,503)
Total movements in operating assets and liabilities 995,008 53,733
Net cash flows from operating activities
1
928,353 42,689
1
Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale borrowings which are included as part of financing activities.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
P. 11
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2024
1 Financial statements preparation
Reporting entity
The financial statements presented are the consolidated financial statements comprising Heartland Group Holdings (HGH) and its
controlled entities (the Group). Refer to Note 26 – Significant subsidiaries and Significant events section within this note for
further details.
HGH is a company incorporated in New Zealand under the Companies Act 1993 and a Financial Market Conduct (FMC) reporting
entity for the purposes of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.
The Group is a designated climate reporting entity (CRE) under the climate-related disclosure regime and is required to meet its
requirements effective from the financial reporting period commencing 1 July 2023. Refer to Note 22 - Enterprise risk
management for further details.
Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in New Zealand (NZ
GAAP), the New Zealand Exchange (NZX) Main Board Listing Rules and the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules. The
financial statements comply with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and other
applicable Financial Reporting Standards as appropriate for profit-oriented entities. The financial statements also comply with
International Financial Reporting Standards Accounting Standards (IFRS Accounting Standards) as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board.
The financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars which is the Group's functional and presentation currency. Unless
otherwise indicated, amounts are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars.
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis after considering the Group's funding and liquidity
position.
The accounting policies adopted have been applied consistently throughout the periods presented in these financial statements.
Certain comparative balances have been reclassified to align with the presentation used in the current financial year. These
reclassifications have no impact on the overall financial performance or financial position for the comparative year.
Basis of measurement
The financial statements have been prepared on the basis of historical cost, except for certain financial instruments and
investment properties, which are measured at their fair values as identified in the accounting policies set out in the accompanying
notes to the financial statements.
Principles of consolidation
The financial statements of the Group incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of all controlled entities. Controlled entities are
all entities in which the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entities and has the
ability to affect those returns through its power over the entities. Intercompany transactions, balances and any unrealised income
and expense (except for foreign currency transaction gains or losses) between controlled entities are
eliminated.
Assets and liabilities in a transactional currency that is not the New Zealand dollar, are translated at the exchange rates ruling at
balance date. Revenue and expense items are translated at the average rate at the balance date. Exchange differences are taken
to the statement of comprehensive income.
P. 12
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Changes in accounting standards
Accounting standards issued and effective
Disclosure of Accounting Policies - Amendments to NZ IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements
The Group adopted the amendments to NZ IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. Effective 1 July 2023, these amendments
require the disclosure of material accounting policy information instead of significant accounting policies. The amendments did
not result in any changes to the accounting policies and did not impact the accounting policy information disclosed below.
Disclosure of fees for audit firms’ services (Amendments to FRS-44)
Amendments were issued to FRS-44 New Zealand Additional Disclosures (Amendments to FRS-44) that require an entity to
describe the services provided by its audit or review firm and to disclose the fees incurred by the entity for those services using
prescribed categories.
The Group early adopted the Amendments to FRS-44 from 1 July 2022. Refer to Note 7 - Compensation of auditor for further
details.
There have been no other changes to accounting policies or new or amended standards that are issued and effective that are
expected to have a material impact on the Group.
Accounting standards issued not yet effective
Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (NZ IFRS 18)
IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (IFRS 18) was issued in April 2024 to replace IAS 1 Presentation of
Financial Statements (IAS 1) when applied. New Zealand Equivalent to IFRS 18 (NZ IFRS 18) was issued on 23 May 2024. Most of
the presentation and disclosure requirements will largely remain unchanged together with other disclosures carried forward from
IAS 1. NZ IFRS 18 primarily introduces the following:
x a defined structure for the statement of comprehensive income by classifying items into one of the five categories:
operating, investing, financing, income taxes and discontinued operations. Entities will also present expenses in the
operating category by nature, function, or a mix of both, based on facts and circumstances;
x disclosure of management-defined performance measures (a subset of alternative performance measures / non-GAAP
measures) in a single note together with reconciliation requirements, and
x additional guidance on aggregation and disaggregation principles (applied to all primary financial statements and notes).
P. 13
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Accounting standards issued not yet effective (continued)
Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (NZ IFRS 18) (continued)
NZ IFRS 18 also made limited change to certain presentation and disclosure requirements in the financial statements, e.g., NZ IAS
7 Statement of Cash Flows; as well as consequential changes to various IFRS Accounting Standards.
NZ IFRS 18 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027. The Group expects to adopt NZ IFRS
18 and relevant consequential changes of other accounting standards in the financial year beginning 1 July 2027. The Group is
currently assessing the impact and will disclose more detailed assessments in the future.
Other new accounting standards, amendments to accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not
mandatory for the 30 June 2024 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Group. These standards, amendments
or interpretations are not expected to have a material impact on the current or future reporting periods.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of the Group’s financial statements requires the use of estimates and judgements. This note provides an
overview of the areas that involve a higher degree of judgement or complexity. Detailed information about each of these
estimates and judgements is included in the relevant notes together with the basis of calculation for each affected item in the
financial statements.
x Provisions for impairment - The effect of credit risk is quantified based on the Group's best estimate of future cash
repayments and proceeds from any security held or by reference to risk profile groupings, historical loss data and forward-
looking information. Refer to Note 8 - Impaired asset expense and Note 13 - Finance receivables measured at amortised cost
for further details.
x Recognition of Banking Licence intangible asset - The recognition of Banking Licence intangible asset required judgement in
determining external and internal costs directly attributable to the Group’s joint application for an Australian Authorised
Deposit-Taking Institution Licence with Challenger Bank Limited (now Heartland Bank Australia Limited). Judgement is also
required to determine whether such costs fulfil the definition and recognition criteria of an intangible asset. Such costs
include professional fees and costs of employee benefits arising directly from the application. Refer to Note 18 - Other
balance sheet items for further details.
x Fair value of reverse mortgages - Fair value is quantified by the transaction price (cash advanced plus accrued capitalised
interest). Judgement is applied in determining the appropriateness of the transaction price as fair value. Refer to Note 21 -
Fair value for further details.
x Goodwill - The Group carries out impairment testing annually over the carrying value of goodwill of its cash generating units
(CGUs). Uncertainty is involved in estimating fair value less cost to sell and judgement is applied in assumptions used to
determine the recoverable amount of CGU or group of CGUs for impairment testing. Refer to Note 18 - Other balance sheet
items for further details.
x Acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited (now Heartland Bank Australia Limited) – Fair value of the consideration transferred
and fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, measured on a provisional basis. Judgement is
applied in determining consideration and in the valuation of the acquiree’s identifiable assets and liabilities assumed on the
acquisition date. Refer to Note 19 – Acquisition for further details.
Assumptions made at each reporting date (e.g., the calculation of the provision for impairment and fair value adjustments) are
based on best estimates as at that date. Although the Group has internal controls in place to ensure that estimates can be reliably
measured, actual amounts may differ from these estimates. The estimates and judgements used in the preparation of the Group’s
financial statements are continually evaluated. They are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations
of future events that may have a financial impact on the entity. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the reporting
period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.
P. 14
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Significant events
Heartland Bank Limited (HBL), subsidiary of HGH, completed the acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited (CBL) from Challenger
Limited on 30 April 2024. Completing the acquisition makes HBL the first New Zealand registered bank to acquire an Australian
authorised deposit-taking institution (ADI). From 1 May 2024, CBL began trading as Heartland Bank Australia.
As a result of the above transaction, the Group has obtained control over Heartland Bank Australia Limited (HBA) and has
consolidated its results, assets and liabilities from the transaction date. Refer to Note 19 – Acquisition for further details.
Under the varied conditions of CBL’s banking licence, all the Australian banking business and other Australian financial activities
within HGH and its controlled entities are required to be conducted within CBL or as subsidiaries of CBL. On 2 May 2024, HGH
transferred to CBL 100% shareholding of its Australian subsidiaries, being Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited (HAH) and its
controlled entities. This resulted in CBL assuming ownership over HGH’s Australian reverse mortgage lending, specialist livestock
finance and other financial services businesses. Later in May 2024, the legal entity name for CBL officially changed to HBA.
Financial assets and liabilities
Financial Assets
Financial assets are classified based on:
x The business model within which the assets are managed; and
x Whether the contractual cash flows of the instrument represent solely payment of principal and interest (SPPI).
The Group determines the business model at the level that reflects how groups of financial assets are managed. When assessing
the business model, the Group considers factors including how performance and risks are managed, evaluated and reported and
the frequency and volume of, and reason for sales in previous periods.
Financial assets are classified into the following measurement categories:
Financial Assets Measurement Category Note
Government securities, bank bonds and
floating rate notes
Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)
and fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)
11
Public sector securities and corporate bonds FVOCI 11
Equity investments FVOCI and FVTPL 11
Finance receivables – Reverse mortgages FVTPL 21
Finance receivables Amortised cost 13
Derivative financial instruments FVTPL 12
Financial assets measured at amortised cost
Financial assets are measured at amortised cost if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through
holding the financial asset to collect contractual cash flows which represent SPPI.
Financial assets at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest rate method.
Financial assets measured at FVOCI
Financial assets are measured at FVOCI if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both through
collecting contractual cash flows which represent SPPI or selling the financial asset.
Financial assets at FVOCI are measured at fair value with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income
except for interest income, impairment charges and foreign exchange gains and losses, which are recognised in profit or loss.
P. 15
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Financial assets and liabilities (continued)
Financial assets (continued)
Financial assets measured at FVTPL
Financial assets are measured at FVTPL if:
x they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial asset in the
near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of
short-term profit taking; or
x the contractual cash flows of the financial asset do not represent SPPI on the principal balance outstanding; or
x they are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.
Financial assets at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.
Financial Liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified into the following measurement categories:
x those to be measured at amortised cost;
x those to be measured at FVTPL.
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost if they are not held for trading or designated at FVTPL.
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are accounted for using the effective interest rate method.
Financial liabilities measured at FVTPL
Financial liabilities are measured at FVTPL if:
x they are held for trading whose principal objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial liability in the
near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of
short-term profit taking; or
x they are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.
Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.
Further details of the accounting policy for each category of financial asset or financial liability mentioned above is set out in the
note for the relevant item.
The Group’s policies for determining the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities are set out in Note 21 - Fair value.
Recognition
The Group initially recognises finance receivables and borrowings on the date that they are originated. All other financial assets
and liabilities (including assets and liabilities designated at FVTPL) are initially recognised on the trade date at which the Group
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
Derecognition
The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the
rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of
ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the
Group is recognised as a separate asset.
P. 16
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Financial assets and liabilities (continued)
Financial liabilities (continued)
The Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognised on its statement of financial position, but retains either
all risks or rewards of the transferred assets or a portion of them. If all or substantially all risks and rewards are retained, then the
transferred assets are not derecognised from the statement of financial position. Transfers of assets with the retention of all or
substantially all risks and rewards include, for example, securitised assets and repurchase transactions.
Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Where an existing financial liability is
replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially
modified, the exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability,
with the difference in the respective carrying amounts recognised in profit or loss.
P. 17
Performance
2 Segmental analysis
Segment information is presented in respect of the Group's operating segments which are consistent with those used for the
Group's management and internal reporting structure.
An operating segment is a component of an entity engaging in business activities and whose operating results are regularly
reviewed by the Group's chief operating decision maker (CODM). The CODM, who is responsible for allocating resources and
assessing performance of the Group, has been identified as the Group’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and direct reports.
Operating Segments
The Group operates within New Zealand and Australia and comprises the following main operating segments:
Operating segments – New Zealand
Motor Motor vehicle finance.
Reverse mortgages Reverse mortgage lending.
Personal lending Transactional, home loans and personal loans to individuals.
Business Term debt, plant and equipment finance, commercial mortgage lending and working capital solutions for
small-to-medium sized businesses.
Rural Specialist financial services to the farming sector, primarily offering livestock finance, rural mortgage
lending, seasonal and working capital financing, as well as leasing solutions to farmers.
Operating segments
– Australia
During the year, the Group revised the composition of its reportable segments, following the acquisition of CBL by HBL on 30 April
and transfer of HAH and its subsidiaries from HGH to HBA on 2 May 2024, with HBA assuming ownership over HGH’s Australian
rev
erse mortgage lending, specialist livestock finance and other financial services businesses (refer to Note 19 – Acquisition for
further details). The Group has subsequently aggregated previously reported StockCo Australia and Australia segments into one
reportable segment Australia
n Banking Group.
This change was made to align the presentation with the internal reporting provided to the Group’s CODM where business
performance of HBA and its subsidiaries is assessed as one single segment operating within Australia. Comparative information
within this
note has been adjusted to reflect the change in the Group’s revised composition of reportable segments within
Australian Banking Group.
Australian Banking
Group
Australian Banking Group provides banking and financial services in Australia which consist of reverse
mortgage lending, livestock finance and other financial services within Australia.
All other segments
Other Operating expenses, such as premises, IT and support centre costs are not allocated to operating
segments and are included in Other. These are primarily in relation to the New Zealand business.
Finance receivables are allocated across the operating segments as assets. Liabilities are managed centrally and therefore are not
allocated across the operating segments. The Group does not rely on any single major customer for its revenue base.
P. 18
2 Segmental analysis (continued)
Reverse
Mortgages
Personal
Lending
Rural
Australian
Banking
Group
Other
$000's Motor Business
Total
June 2024
Net interest income
58,909 46,586 5,156 62,090 34,652 68,617 1,635 277,645
Lending and credit fee income
3,908 2,651 198 3,935 374 3,218 - 14,284
Net other income/(expense) 1,194 - 543 1,145 (443) (839) (2,861) (1,261)
Net operating income 64,011 49,237 5,897 67,170 34,583 70,996 (1,226) 290,668
Operating expenses 4,628 5,366 6,825 9,113 3,181 41,778 68,495 139,386
Profit/(loss) before fair value (loss)
on investments, impaired asset
expense and income tax
59,383 43,871 (928) 58,057 31,402 29,218 (69,721) 151,282
Fair value (loss) on investments - - - - - - (314) (314)
Impaired asset expense 24,329 - 1,476 17,527 2,428 663 - 46,423
Profit/(loss) before income tax 35,054 43,871 (2,404) 40,530 28,974 28,555 (70,035) 104,545
Income tax expense - - - - - - 29,996 29,996
Profit/(loss) for the year 35,054 43,871 (2,404) 40,530 28,974 28,555 (100,031) 74,549
Total assets 1,608,282 1,068,154 339,110 1,306,689 720,339 3,415,495 833,786 9,291,855
Total liabilities 8,053,986
June 2023
Net interest income 60,681 39,696 9,548 71,630 33,522 73,933 (7,021) 281,989
Lending and credit fee income 2,034 2,671 447 2,278 292 4,031 - 11,753
Net other income/(expense) 1,485 - 935 991 398 (130) (7,617) (3,938)
Net operating income/(expense) 64,200 42,367 10,930 74,899 34,212 77,834 (14,638) 289,804
Operating expenses 4,140 4,929 6,461 9,387 3,068 33,052 67,042 128,079
Profit/(loss) before fair value (loss)
on investments, impaired asset
expense and income tax
60,060 37,438 4,469 65,512 31,144 44,782 (81,680) 161,725
Fair value (loss) on investments - - - - - - (4,488) (4,488)
Impaired asset expense 10,911 - 3,195 8,156 630 352 - 23,244
Profit/(loss) before income tax 49,149 37,438 1,274 57,356 30,514 44,430 (86,168) 133,993
Income tax expense - - - - - - 38,125 38,125
Profit/(loss) for the year 49,149 37,438 1,274 57,356 30,514 44,430 (124,293) 95,868
Total assets 1,563,939 888,600 358,572 1,356,913 712,596 2,110,958 753,147 7,744,725
Total liabilities 6,713,721
P. 19
3 Net interest income
Policy
Interest income and expense on financial instruments is measured using the effective interest rate method that discounts the
financial instruments' future cash flows to their present value and allocates the interest income or expense over the life of the
financial instrument. The effective interest rate is established on initial recognition of the financial assets or liabilities and is not
subsequently revised. For financial instruments at amortised cost, the calculation of the effective interest rate includes all yield
related fees and commissions paid or received that are an integral part of the underlying financial instrument.
Interest income is calculated based on the gross carrying amount of financial assets in stages 1 and 2 of the Group’s expected
credit losses (ECL) model and on the carrying amount net of the provision for ECL for financial assets in stage 3. For financial
instruments measured at FVTPL, interest is not calculated under the effective interest rate method.
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Interest income
Cash and cash equivalents
12,952 10,906
Investments measured at FVOCI
12,082 5,081
Investments measured at FVTPL
4,186 -
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost
380,055 335,070
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages
251,757 176,653
Total interest income
1
661,032 527,710
Interest expense
Deposits
240,758 148,054
Other borrowings
167,796 117,774
Net interest (income) on derivative financial instruments
(25,167) (20,107)
Total interest expense
2
383,387 245,721
Net interest income
277,645 281,989
1
Cash and cash equivalents and Finance receivables are measured at amortised cost. Investments are measured at FVOCI and FVTPL. Total
interest income derived from financial assets measured at amortised cost or FVOCI is calculated using the effective interest rate method.
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages are measured at FVTPL.
2
Deposits and Other borrowings are measured at amortised cost, therefore interest expense incurred on these financial liabilities is calculated
using the effective interest rate method. Net interest expense on derivative financial instruments is not calculated using the effective interest
rate method as they are measured at FVTPL.
P. 20
4 Net operating lease income
Policy
As a lessor, the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the assets and therefore, classifies
the leases as operating leases. Rental income and expense from operating leases are recognised on a straight-line basis over the
term of the relevant lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying
amount of the leased asset and recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Profits on the sale of operating lease
assets are included as part of operating lease income. Current year depreciation and losses on the sale of operating lease assets
are included as part of operating lease expenses. The leased assets are depreciated over their useful lives on a basis consistent
with similar assets.
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Operating lease income
Lease income
5,374 4,639
Gain on disposal of lease assets
684 992
Total operating lease income 6,058 5,631
Operating lease expense
Depreciation on lease assets
3,902 3,461
Direct lease costs
471 366
Total operating lease expense 4,373 3,827
Net operating lease income
1,685 1,804
P. 21
5 Other income
Policy
Rental income from investment properties
Rental income from investment properties is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.
Insurance income
Insurance premium income and commission expense are recognised in profit or loss from the date of attachment of the risk over
the period of the insurance contract. Claim expense is recognised in the profit or loss on an accrual basis once our liability to the
policyholder has been confirmed under the terms of the contract.
Fair value gain or loss on derivative financial instruments
A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is recognised initially
in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss and changes in the fair value of any derivatives not
designated in a hedge relationship are recognised immediately in the statement of comprehensive income and disclosed within
Other income. Refer to Note 12 - Derivative financial instruments for further details.
Fair value gain or loss on non-derivative financial instruments
A fair value gain or loss on certain non-derivative financial instruments are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income
for financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss. Refer to Note 11 – Investments for further details.
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Rental income from investment properties 995 1,064
Insurance income
1
209 756
Fair value (loss) on derivative instruments measured at fair value
(5,074) (8,237)
Fair value (loss) on non-derivative financial instruments
2
(727) -
Other income
4 624
Foreign exchange gain
1,647 51
Total other (expense)
(2,946) (5,742)
1
Insurance income includes net income from Marac Insurance Limited (MIL), a subsidiary of Heartland Bank Limited (HBL). MIL ceased writing
insurance policies in 2020 with the periodic policies expected to expire in 2025.
2
Includes realised and unrealised losses on HBA's government securities, bank bonds and floating rate notes measured at fair value through
profit and loss. Refer to Note 11
- Investments for further details.
P. 22
6 Operating expenses
Policy
Operating expenses are recognised as the underlying service is rendered or over a period in which an asset is consumed or a
liability is incurred.
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Personnel expenses
1
67,129 66,989
Directors' fees 1,507 1,451
Superannuation 2,088 1,772
Depreciation - property, plant and equipment 1,809 1,904
Legal and professional fees
2
6,240 4,642
Advertising and public relations 3,017 3,089
Depreciation - right of use asset 3,252 2,539
Technology services 13,619 10,296
Telecommunications, stationery and postage 2,103 1,948
Customer administration costs 10,958 9,814
Customer onboarding costs 2,717 2,765
Occupancy costs 2,588 1,741
Amortisation of intangible assets 5,516 5,681
Other operating expenses
3
16,843 13,448
Total operating expenses 139,386 128,079
1
Excludes certain personnel expenses directly incurred in acquiring and developing software and capitalised as part of specific application
software.
2
Legal and professional fees include compensation of auditor which is disclosed in Note 7 - Compensation of auditor.
3
Other operating expenses mainly comprise non-recoverable proportion of goods and services tax (GST), travel, insurance and project expenses.
7 Compensation of auditor
In accordance with the Amendments to FRS-44, the Group is required to disclose the fees incurred for services received from its
audit or review firm, with a description of each service, including audit or review of the financial statements. Other services
performed during the reporting period are required to be disclosed using the following categories:
x audit or review related services;
x other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements;
x taxation services and;
x other services.
In accordance with the Group’s external auditor independence policy, it is prohibited for the external auditor’s firm to perform tax
compliance work. It is the Group’s policy to engage the external auditor‘s firm on assignments additional to its statutory audit
duties only if they are not perceived to be in conflict with the role of external auditor. All services are pre-approved by the Board
Audit and Risk Committee.
P. 23
7 Compensation of auditor (continued)
The fees payable to the auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), Ernst & Young (EY) and predecessor auditor, KMPG, are
outlined in the below table:
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Fees paid to auditor - PwC
Audit and review of financial statements
1
1,388 1,046
Audit or review related services
Assurance engagements
2
40 62
Agreed-upon procedures engagements
3
- 21
Other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements
Assurance engagements
4
73 -
Agreed-upon procedures engagements
- -
Taxation services
5
- 54
Other services
6
- 33
Total compensation paid to PwC 1,501 1,216
Fees paid to auditor - EY
Audit and review of financial statements
1
692 -
Audit or review related services
-
Assurance engagements
7
119 -
Agreed-upon procedures engagements
- -
Other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements
Assurance engagements
- -
Agreed-upon procedures engagements
- -
Taxation services
- -
Other services
8
332 -
Total compensation paid to EY 1,143 -
Fees paid to predecessor auditor - KPMG
Audit and review of financial statements
1
- 40
Total compensation paid to KPMG - 40
Total compensation of auditor 2,644 1,256
1
Fees are for both the audit of the annual financial statements and review of the interim financial statements. This includes limited assurance on
disclosures of capital adequacy and regulatory liquidity requirements.
2
Fees in 2024 are for reasonable assurance engagement for insurance solvency return, reasonable assurance on registry and trust deed suprvisor
reporting. Fees in 2023 are for reasonable assurance engagement for insurance solvency return, reasonable assuranc
e on registry, trust deed
supervisor reporting, Economic and Financial Statistics (EFS) regulatory reporting and Australian Financial Services Licence (AFSL) assurance
engagement.
3
Fees in 2023 are for agreed upon procedures engagements in relation to Seniors Warehouse Trusts.
4
Fees are for pre-conditions assessments and assurance relating to greenhouse gas emissions reporting.
5
For 2023, PwC was engaged to carry out tax work in respect of Stockco Australia's 30 June 2023 tax returns prior to their appointment as
external auditor.
6
Other services paid to PwC in 2023 comprised actuarial services for reverse mortgages carried out prior to their appointment as external
auditors
7
Fees are for assurance services for APRA regulatory reporting and AFSL reporting.
8
Other services paid to EY in 2024 comprised actuarial services for reverse mortgages, actuarial services for stress testing, directors remuneration
review, executive reward survey report, executive remuneration review, CPS 234 information security plan review, hedge accounting and other
accounting advisory services, review of Australian banking policies and periodic assessment of StockCo funding facilities and
facilitation of
strategy review workshop. Except for the actuarial services for reverse mortgages stress testing, all other services were carried out prior to their
appointment as external auditor.
P. 24
8 Impaired asset expense
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Individually impaired asset expense 13,705 13,010
Collectively impaired asset expense 34,137 12,794
Total impaired asset expense excluding recovery of amounts previously written off 47,842 25,804
to the income statement
Recovery of amounts previously written off to the income statement (1,419) (2,560)
Total impaired asset expense 46,423 23,244
Refer to Note – 13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost for provision for impairment details.
P. 25
9 Taxation
Policy
Income tax
Income tax expense for the year comprises current tax and movements in deferred tax balances, including any adjustment
required for prior years' tax expense. Income tax expense is recognised in profit and loss except to the extent that it relates to
items recognised directly in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in equity or other comprehensive income.
Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively
enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years. Current tax for
current and prior years is recognised as a liability (or asset) to the extent that it is unpaid (or refundable).
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying
amounts of assets and liabilities for accounting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. As required by NZ IAS 12
Income Taxes, a deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that a future taxable profit will be available
to realise the asset.
Goods and services tax (GST)
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of GST. As the Group is predominantly involved in providing financial services,
only a proportion of GST paid on inputs is recoverable. The non-recoverable proportion of GST is treated as an expense or, if
relevant, as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset.
Income tax expense
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Income tax recognised in profit or loss
Current tax
Current year
35,997 37,159
Adjustments for prior year
(879) (1,556)
Tax at other rates
590 554
Deferred tax
Current year
(5,446) 1,457
Adjustments for prior year
(581) 304
Change in recognition of deferred tax asset
372 -
Tax at other rates
(57) 207
Total income tax expense recognised in profit or loss
29,996 38,125
Income tax recognised in other comprehensive income
Current tax
Investment securities at fair value in fair value reserve
357 (246)
Fair value movements in derivatives held in cash flow hedge reserve
(4,276) 2,418
Total income tax expense recognised in other comprehensive income (3,919) 2,172
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Profit before income tax 104,545 133,993
Tax at the local income tax rate (NZ: 28%, Australia: 30%)
29,797 38,175
Adjusted tax effect of items not deductible
1,287 1,202
Adjustments for prior year
(1,460) (1,252)
Change in recognition of deferred tax
372 -
Total income tax expense
29,996 38,125
P. 26
9 Taxation (continued)
Deferred tax assets comprise the following temporary differences:
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Employee expenses 2,636 2,516
Share Based payment - 1,069
Provision for impairment 21,528 14,958
Intangibles and property plant and equipment (1,465) (1,529)
Deferred acquisition costs (6) (55)
Right of use assets (4,180) -
Lease liabilities 4,834 -
Operating lease vehicles (594) 451
Deferred income (6,522) (6,938)
Prior year tax loss 4,911 8,540
Deductible prior year expense 421 593
Other temporary differences
2,164
1,500
Total deferred tax assets 23,727 21,105
Opening balance of deferred tax assets 21,105 23,074
Movement recognised in profit or loss
6,084 (1,969)
Transfer on acquisition of business
820 -
Utilisation of tax loss
(3,910) -
Change in recognition of deferred tax asset
(372)
-
Closing balance of deferred tax assets 23,727 21,105
Imputation credit account
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Imputation credits available for use in subsequent reporting periods 46,427 37,785
10 Earnings Per Share
June 2024 June 2023
Earnings Per
Share
Net Profit
After Tax
Weighted
Average No.
of Shares
Earnings Per
Share
Net Profit
After Tax
Weighted
Average No.
of Shares
Cents $000's 000's Cents $000's 000's
Basic earnings 9.85 74,549 757,046 13.96 95,868 686,781
Diluted earnings 9.85 74,549 757,046 13.96 95,868 686,781
P. 27
Financial Position
11 Investments
Policy
Investments are classified into one of the following categories:
Fair value through other comprehensive income
Investments under this category are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both through collecting contractual
cash flows or selling the financial asset. These investments include bank bonds, floating rate notes, public sector securities,
corporate bonds and equity investments where the Group has irrevocably elected at initial recognition to measure at FVOCI.
These are initially measured at fair value, including transaction costs, and subsequently carried at fair value. Changes in fair value
of these investments are recognised in other comprehensive income and presented within the fair value reserve.
Fair value through profit or loss
Investments under this category are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through selling the financial asset.
These investments include government securities, bank bonds, floating rate notes and equity investments and are measured at
fair value plus transaction costs. Changes in fair value of these investments are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which
they occur.
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Investments measured at FVOCI
Bank bonds and floating rate notes 270,581 305,310
Public sector securities and corporate bonds 101,235 9,882
Equity investments 7,575 9,665
Investments measured at FVTPL
Government securities, bank bonds and floating rate notes
1
706,840 -
Equity investments 5,900 5,383
Total investments 1,092,131 330,240
1
Includes HBA's investments measured at fair value through profit or loss. Refer to Note 21 - Fair value for further details.
P. 28
12 Derivative financial instruments
Policy
The Group uses derivatives for risk management purposes. Derivatives held for risk management purposes are placed into hedges
that either meet hedge accounting requirements, or economic hedges not placed into an accounting hedge relationship.
Derivatives are recognised at their fair value, with the derivatives being carried as assets when their fair value is positive and as
liabilities when their fair value is negative.
A hedged item is an asset, liability, firm commitment or highly probable forecast transaction that exposes the Group to risk of
changes in fair value or cash flows, and that is designated as being hedged. The Group applies fair value hedge accounting to
hedge movements in the value of fixed interest rate assets and liabilities subject to interest rate risk. The Group applies cash flow
hedge accounting to hedge the variability in highly probable forecast future cash flows attributable to
interest rate risk on variable rate assets and liabilities.
Derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are held as economic hedges. Changes in the fair value of any
derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the statement of comprehensive
income and disclosed within Other income.
Fair value hedge accounting
The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:
x the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,
x effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective and consistent with the
originally documented risk management strategy, and
x the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Group.
The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging instruments, as
well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its
assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions
are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value of hedged items.
Subsequent to initial designation, changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify for fair value hedge
accounting are recorded through profit or loss alongside any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are
attributable to the hedged risk.
Where the hedged item is carried at amortised cost, the movement in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged
risk is made as an adjustment to the carrying value of the hedged asset or liability. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold,
or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to carrying amount of a hedged item carried
at amortised cost is amortised to the statement of comprehensive income on an effective yield basis over the remaining period to
maturity of the hedged item. Where a hedged item carried at amortised cost is derecognised from the balance sheet, the
adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability is immediately transferred to the statement of comprehensive income.
Cash flow hedge accounting
The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:
x the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,
x effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective and consistent with the
originally documented risk management strategy, and
x the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Group.
The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging instruments, as
well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its
assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions
are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.
P. 29
12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Cash flow hedge accounting (continued)
A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is recognised initially
in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss is recognised immediately in the statement of
comprehensive income.
When a hedging derivative expires or is sold, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, or the Group elects to
revoke the hedge designation, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative remains in the cash flow hedging reserve until
the forecast transaction occurs and affects income, at which point it is transferred to the corresponding income or expense line. If
a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative previously reported in
the cash flow hedging reserve is immediately transferred to the statement of comprehensive income.
Net Investment hedge
The Group held investments in foreign operations, where changes in net assets resulting from changes in foreign currency rate
were recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve.
Where the Group hedges the currency translation risk arising from net investments in foreign operations, the gains and losses on
the hedging instruments are also reflected in other comprehensive income to the extent the hedge is effective. When all or part
of a foreign operation is disposed, the cumulative value of the exchange difference is recognised in profit or loss.
The Group actively manages interest rate risk by entering into derivative contracts to hedge against movements in interest rates.
As permitted by NZ IFRS 9, the Group has elected to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements of NZ IAS 39.
The Group's approach to managing market risk, including interest rate risk, is disclosed in Note 25 – Interest rate risk. The Group
actively manages residual interest rate risk from the net exposure of its underlying assets and liabilities, associated with the
mismatch of the interest rate repricing profiles of its interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, by entering into
interest rate swaps to hedge against movements in interest rates.
Interest rate swaps are bilateral derivative contracts with commitments to exchange one set of cash flows for another resulting in
an economic exchange of interest rates (for example, fixed rate for floating rate) without exchange of principal. Interest rate swap
notional values indicate the volume of transactions outstanding at the end of the financial year and provide basis for comparison
with instruments recognised on the balance sheet but do not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash flows involved,
therefore don't indicate the Group's exposure to credit or market risks. The fair values of derivative instruments and their
notional values are set out in the below table.
June 2024 June 2023
Notional Fair Value Fair Value Notional
Fair Value
Fair Value
$000's
Principal Assets Liabilities Principal Assets Liabilities
Interest rate related contracts
Held as economic hedges 344,598 293 782 260,650 6,539 -
Designated as cash flow hedges 885,903 4,658 4,609 850,068 15,398 941
Designated as fair value hedges 424,502 7,365 3,626 543,200 15,045 6,683
Interest rate swaps 1,655,003 12,316 9,017 1,653,918 36,982 7,624
Foreign currency related contracts
Held as economic hedges - - - 168 1 -
Foreign currency related contracts - - - 168 1 -
Total derivative financial instruments 1,655,003 12,316 9,017 1,654,086 36,983 7,624
P. 30
12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Micro cash flow hedge accounting is applied to interest rate swaps designated as hedges of the Group's floating rate domestic
borrowings and deposits by using 'receive floating / pay fixed' interest rate swaps to fix the cost of floating interest rate
borrowings and deposits.
Micro fair value hedge accounting is applied to receive fixed interest rate swaps designated as hedges of interest rate risk arising
from fixed-rate subordinated notes and retail bond, and to pay fixed interest rate swaps designated as hedges of interest rate risk
arising from fixed-rate investment securities.
The Group determines whether an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument exists based on
an assessment of the qualitative characteristics of this hedged item and the hedged risk, supported by quantitative analysis. Close
alignment of the critical terms of the hedged item and hedging instrument is also considered a strong indication of the presence
of an economic relationship by the Group.
The Group establishes a hedge ratio by aligning the par amount of the exposure to be hedged and the notional amount of the
interest rate swap designated as a hedging instrument.
Retrospective testing for each reporting period uses a regression model, which compares the change in the fair value of the
hedged item and the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument. For a hedge to be deemed effective, the change in fair
values should be within 80% and 125% of each other. Should the result fall outside this range the hedge would be deemed
ineffective and recognised immediately through the income statement in line with each hedge relationship policy above.
The hedge relationship is reviewed on a monthly basis and the hedging instruments and hedged items are de-designated and re-
designated, if necessary, based on the effectiveness test results and changes in the hedged exposure.
Hedge ineffectiveness may arise from timing difference on repricing between the hedged item and the hedging instrument,
difference in timing of their cash flows, or due to changes in the counterparties' credit risk affecting the fair value of hedging
instruments.
The following table shows the maturity and interest rate risk profiles of the interest rate swaps as hedging instruments in
continuing fair value and cash flow hedge relationships.
0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5
5+
$000's
Months Months Years Years Years Total
June 2024
Interest rate risk
Cash flow hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts 45,000 40,000 232,851 568,052 - 885,903
Average interest rate 5.20% 5.15% 4.71% 4.59% - -
Fair value hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts 10,002 50,000 55,400 209,100 - 324,502
Average interest rate 1.63% 0.73% 0.47% 4.59% -
Receive fixed
Nominal amounts - - - 100,000 - 100,000
Average interest rate - - - 4.30% -
Total interest rate risk nominal amount 55,002 90,000 288,251 877,152 - 1,310,405
P. 31
12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5
5+
$000's
Months Months Years Years Years Total
June 2023
Interest rate risk
Cash flow hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts - 20,000 295,000 535,068 - 850,068
Average interest rate - 4.22% 3.78% 4.00% - -
Fair value hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts 54,700 38,000 60,000 160,400 5,100 318,200
Average interest rate 1.17% 0.77% 0.88% 3.06% 1.51% -
Receive fixed
Nominal amounts - 125,000 - 100,000 - 225,000
Average interest rate - 1.78% - 4.30% - -
Total interest rate risk nominal amount 54,700 183,000 355,000 795,468 5,100 1,393,268
The following table sets out the accumulated fair value adjustments arising from the corresponding fair value hedge relationships
and the outcome of the changes in fair value of the hedged item as well as the hedging instruments used as the basis for
recognising effectiveness.
As at 30 June 2024
For the year ended
30 June 2024
Accumulated
amount of fair
Gain/(loss)
Carrying value hedge
recognised in
$000's
value adjustment
income statement
Interest rate risk
Investments 361,808 (4,390) 10,036
Other borrowings (99,706) 721 (4,610)
Total 262,102 (3,669) 5,426
Interest rate swaps 3,739 3,739 (5,303)
Hedge ineffectiveness of financial instruments recognised in
other income
123
P. 32
12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
As at 30 June 2023
For the year ended
30 June 2023
Accumulated
amount of fair
Gain/(loss)
Carrying value hedge
recognised in
$000's
value adjustment
income statement
Interest rate risk
Investments 290,723 (14,893) 2,620
Other borrowings (221,956) 5,331 473
Total 68,767 (9,562) 3,093
Interest rate swaps 8,362 8,362 (3,133)
Hedge ineffectiveness of financial instruments recognised in
other income
(40)
The accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments included in the carrying amount of hedged items that have ceased to be
adjusted for hedging gains and losses is nil (2023: nil).
The balance of the cash flow hedge reserve, amounts recognised in the reserve, and amounts transferred out of the reserve are
shown in the following table.
June 2024 June 2023
Cash flow Cash flow
$000's
hedge reserve FCTR
1
hedge reserve FCTR
1
Cash flow hedges
Balance at beginning of year 15,075 - 7,959 -
Transferred to the income statement (744) - (1,771) -
Net (loss)/gain from change in fair value (14,233) - 11,305 -
Net movement before tax (14,977) - 9,534 -
Tax on net movement in cash flow hedge reserve 4,276 - (2,418) -
Balance at end of year 4,374 - 15,075 -
Net investment hedge - - - 2,537
1
Represents the accumulated effective amount of the hedging instrument deferred to Foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR) and is related
to hedge relationship for which hedge accounting is no longer applied.
During the year ended 30 June 2024, a gain of $0.9 million was recognised in fair value gain on derivative financial instruments in
the statement of comprehensive income related to hedge ineffectiveness from cash flow hedge relationships (2023: $0.7 million).
There were no transactions for which cash flow hedge accounting had to be ceased as a result of the highly probable cash flows
no longer being expected to occur (2023: nil).
There are $2.5 million (2023: $10.1 million) of balances recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve for which hedge accounting is
no longer applied on the basis that the associated variable cash flows are still expected to occur over the lifetime of the original
hedge relationships. The associated cash flow hedge reserve is being released over the period of the original hedge relationship
which has since been de-designated.
P. 33
13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost
Policy
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value plus incremental direct transaction costs
and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment loss.
Fees and direct costs relating to loan origination, financing and loan commitments are deferred and amortised to interest
income over the life of the loan using the effective interest rate method. Lending fees not directly related to the origination of a
loan are recognised over the period of service.
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Gross finance receivables measured at amortised cost 4,343,267 4,387,480
Less provision for impairment
(76,321) (53,266)
Net finance receivables measured at amortised cost
4,266,946 4,334,214
Due within one year 1,050,448 1,172,487
Due more than one year 3,292,819 3,214,993
Less provision for impairment
(76,321) (53,266)
Net finance receivables measured at amortised cost 4,266,946 4,334,214
P. 34
13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost (continued)
Policy
Impairment of finance receivables measured at amortised cost
At each reporting date, the Group applies a three-stage approach to measuring expected credit losses (ECL) of finance
receivables not carried at fair value. The ECL model assesses whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since
initial recognition.
Exposures are assessed on a collective basis in each stage unless there is sufficient evidence that one or more events associated
with an exposure could have a detrimental impact on estimated future cash flows. Where such evidence exists, the exposure is
assessed on an individual basis.
For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, finance receivables are grouped based on shared credit risk
characteristics, credit risk ratings, contractual term, date of initial recognition, remaining term to maturity, customer type and
other relevant factors.
The ECL model is a forward-looking model where impairment allowances are recognised before losses are actually incurred. On
initial recognition, an impairment allowance is required, based on events that are possible in the next 12 months.
Assets may migrate between the following stages based on their change in credit quality:
Stage 1 - 12 months ECL (past due 30 days or less)
Where there has been no evidence of increased credit risk since initial recognition, and finance receivables are not credit
impaired upon origination, the portion of the lifetime ECL associated with the probability of default events occurring within the
next 12 months is recognised.
Stage 2 - Lifetime ECL not credit impaired (greater than 30 but less than 90 days past due)
Where there has been a significant increase in credit risk.
Stage 3 - Lifetime ECL credit impaired (90 days past due or more)
Objective evidence of impairment, are considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired.
Credit quality of financial assets
The Group internally computes probability of default using historical default data, to assess the potential risk of default of the
lending, or other financial services products, provided to counterparties or customers. The Group has defined counterparty
probabilities of default across consumer, retail, business and rural portfolios.
The Group considers a receivable to be in default when contractual payments are 90 days or more past due, or when it is
considered unlikely that the credit obligation to the Group will be paid in full without recourse to actions, such as realisation of
security.
Finance receivables are written off against the related impairment allowance when there is no reasonable expectation of
recovery. Any recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to credit impairment expense in profit or loss.
In determining whether credit risk has increased all available information relevant to the assessment of economic conditions at
the reporting date are taken into consideration. To do this the Group considers its historical loss experience and adjusts this for
current observable data. In addition to this the Group uses reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions
including experienced judgement to estimate the amount of an expected impairment loss. Future economic conditions consider
macroeconomic factors such as unemployment, interest rate, gross domestic product, and inflation, and requires an evaluation
of both the current and forecast direction of the economic cycle. The methodology and assumptions including any forecasts of
future economic conditions are reviewed regularly as incorporating forward-looking information increases the level of
judgement as to how changes in these macroeconomic factors will affect the ECL.
P. 35
13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost (continued)
Policy (continued)
The calculation of expected credit loss is modelled for portfolios of like assets. For portfolios which are either new or too small
to model, judgement is used to determine impairment provisions.
For assets that are individually assessed for ECL, the allowance for ECL is calculated directly as the difference between the
defaulted assets carrying value and the recoverable amount (being the present value of expected future cash flows, including
cashflows from the realisation of collateral or guarantees, where applicable).
Modification of contractual cash flows
The Group sometimes modifies the terms of loans provided to customers due to commercial renegotiations, or for distressed
loans, with a view to maximising recovery.
Such restructuring activities include extended payment term arrangements, payment holidays and payment forgiveness.
Restructuring policies and practices are based on indicators or criteria which, in the judgement of management, indicate that
payment will most likely continue.
These policies are kept under continuous review. Restructuring is most commonly applied to term loans.
Information is not presented in respect of other financial assets or credit related contingent liabilities as the related allowances
for ECL are not material to the Group.
The Group’s models for estimating ECL for each of its portfolios are based on the historical credit experience of those portfolios.
The models assume that economic conditions remain static over time, and the provision is calculated as a point in time estimate.
In FY2024, Heartland introduced a new methodology to calculating the Forward-Looking provision (that is, the change in
provision as economic conditions change) for Motor. This includes building distribution curves based on previous loss rates. The
Group then applies judgement to determine which loss rate applies to the upside, central, and downside scenario depending on
how economic conditions may change in the foreseeable future. Subsequently, the loss rates are applied to current Motor
receivables as at the reporting date to calculate forward-looking provisions under different economic scenarios.
The most significant and judgemental provision for impairment is on the motor vehicle lending with a collective ECL of $29.9
million at 30 June 2024 (2023: $15.1 million) which includes $1.0 million for a forward looking position allowing for the impact of
multiple economic scenarios.
As part of this assessment, three different economic indicators have been assessed. The assessment is based on the
macroeconomic variables which the motor vehicle portfolio is most sensitive to. This includes consumer price index (inflation),
the unemployment rate, and the OCR. However, management believes the most sensitive macroeconomic variable is
unemployment, followed by CPI, then OCR. Therefore, the tables below present the forecasts for both the unemployment rate
and CPI. The modelled provision for the motor vehicle lending is a probability weighted estimate based on three scenarios. The
forecast of unemployment across all three scenarios uses consensus external data obtained from external economic experts, as
well as, an average of forecasts from the relevant big four banks.
The forecast assumes the following for unemployment and CPI for all three scenarios:
Unemployment Rate 2024/2025 2025/2026 2026/2027
Upside 4.68% 4.58% 4.50%
Central 5.13% 5.03% 4.80%
Downside 6.10% 6.28% 5.40%
CPI 2024/2025 2025/2026 2026/2027
Upside 2.00% 2.00% 1.90%
Central 2.30% 2.05% 2.10%
Downside 2.70% 2.40% 2.60%
P. 36
13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost (continued)
The probability weights assigned to each scenario are based on management’s estimate of their relative likelihood. The
following table indicates the weightings applied by the Group as at 30 June 2024:
Upside 10%
Central 50%
Downside 40%
The weightings are based on management’s belief that there is still significant downside risk, uncertainty, and stresses in future
economic conditions. Therefore, management has applied a 40% probability on the downside scenario. The following sensitivity
table shows the provision for impairment based on the probability weighted scenarios and what the impairment allowance for
motor vehicle lending would be assuming a 100% weighting is applied to the three scenarios with all other assumptions held
constant.
Reported probability weighted impairment allowance $29.9 million
100% Upside $28.8 million
100% Central $29.0 million
100% Downside $31.7 million
The following table details the movement from the opening balance to the closing balance of the provision for impairment
losses by class.
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
June 2024
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 13,009 2,463 21,499 16,295 53,266
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(769) (5,687) 4,478 1,978 -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
1,954 8,422 25,739 11,727 47,842
Credit impairment charge 1,185 2,735 30,217 13,705 47,842
Write-offs - - (17,451) (7,518) (24,969)
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate - (1) 16 - 15
Acquisition of subsidiary 167 - - - 167
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2024
14,361 5,197 34,281 22,482 76,321
June 2023
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 20,256 1,958 14,602 15,189 52,005
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(8,226) (3,864) 3,758 8,332 -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
983 4,369 15,774 4,678 25,804
Credit impairment charge (7,243) 505 19,532 13,010 25,804
Write-offs - - (12,612) (11,904) (24,516)
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate (4) - (23) - (27)
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 13,009 2,463 21,499 16,295 53,266
1
The increase in provision when a loan moves to a higher stage is included in New and increased provision (net of provision releases) in the
higher stage to which the loan moved. The decrease in provision when a loan moves to a lower stage is included in New and increased provision
(net of provision releases) in the higher stage from which the loan moved.
P. 37
13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost (continued)
Impact of changes in gross finance receivables measured at amortised cost on allowance for ECL
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
30 June 2024
Gross finance receivables measured at amortised cost as
at 30 June 2023
4,070,598 182,470 81,294 53,118 4,387,480
Acquisition of subsidiary 61,179 - - - 61,179
Transfer between stages (261,729) 95,866 112,111 53,752 -
Additions 1,284,203 - - - 1,284,203
Deletions (1,269,748) (36,077) (60,382) (2,592) (1,368,799)
Write-offs (226) (628) (16,305) (7,810) (24,969)
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate 4,166 2 5 - 4,173
Gross finance receivables measured at amortised cost as
at 30 June 2024
3,888,443 241,633 116,723 96,468 4,343,267
30 June 2023
Gross finance receivables measured at amortised cost as
at 30 June 2022
3,967,917 118,424 46,114 66,371 4,198,826
Transfer between stages (237,955) 161,605 64,627 11,723 -
Additions 1,412,648 - - 9,326 1,421,974
Deletions (1,072,012) (97,559) (17,068) (15,194) (1,201,833)
Write-offs - - (12,379) (19,108) (31,487)
Gross finance receivables measured at amortised cost as
at 30 June 2023
4,070,598 182,470 81,294 53,118 4,387,480
Impact of changes in gross exposures on loss allowances
Overall credit impairment provisions increased by $23.0 million (43.3%) for the year ended 30 June 2024, mainly due to the shift
of $137.9 million (3.1%) of gross receivables moving to advanced stages associated with deteriorating credit quality.
As at 30 June 2024, there were $0.03 million undrawn lending commitments available to counterparties for whom drawn
balances are classified as individually impaired (2023: nil).
As at 30 June 2024, the contractual amount outstanding on loans to customers written off during the year and are still subject to
enforcement activity was nil (2023: nil).
P. 38
14 Operating lease vehicles
Policy
Operating lease vehicles are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Operating lease vehicles are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their expected useful life after allowing for any residual
values. The estimated lives of these vehicles vary up to five years. Vehicles held for sale are not depreciated but are tested for
impairment.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Cost
Opening balance 22,913 20,450
Additions 6,732 8,766
Disposals (3,454) (6,303)
Closing balance 26,191 22,913
Accumulated depreciation
Opening balance 5,947 5,289
Depreciation charge for the year 3,902 3,461
Disposals (1,919) (2,803)
Closing balance 7,930 5,947
Opening net book value 16,966 15,161
Closing net book value 18,261 16,966
The future minimum lease payments receivable under operating leases not later than one year is $5.037 million (2023: $4.086
million), within one to five years is $7.192 million (2023: $7.598 million) and over five years is $0.002 million (2023: nil).
P. 39
15 Borrowings
Policy
Borrowings and deposits are initially recognised at fair value including incremental direct transaction costs. They are subsequently
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
The Group hedges interest rate risk on certain debt issues. When fair value hedge accounting is applied to fixed rate debt issues,
the carrying values are adjusted for changes in fair value related to the hedged risks.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Deposits
Short-term interest bearing deposits 1,399,189 1,493,190
Non-interest bearing deposits
38,193 9,205
Term deposits 4,511,734
2,628,630
Total borrowings related to deposits 5,949,116 4,131,025
Other borrowings
Unsubordinated notes 458,019 385,482
Subordinated notes
153,732 97,794
Securitised borrowings
1,369,394 1,713,737
Certificate of deposit 59,618 148,110
Bank borrowings
- 131,248
Money market borrowings
- 20,004
Total other borrowings 2,040,763 2,496,375
Total deposits and other borrowings 7,989,879 6,627,400
Due within one year 6,150,044 4,731,388
Due more than one year
1,839,835
1,896,012
Total deposits and other borrowings 7,989,879 6,627,400
Deposits and unsubordinated notes rank equally and are unsecured.
Unsubordinated notes
Unsubordinated notes include short and long-term retail bonds and medium term notes. Medium term notes are issued in both
New Zealand and Australian dollars to eligible non-retail investors in compliance with applicable laws.
The Group has the following unsubordinated notes on issue at balance sheet date.
Retail bonds and medium term notes Frequency of interest
$000's repayment
June 2024
June 2023 Maturity Date
NZ $125 million Semi-annually - 122,165 12 April 2024
NZ $20 million Semi-annually 20,302 - 27 March 2028
AU $45 million
1
Quarterly 49,974 49,471 9 July 2024
AU $30 million
1
Quarterly 33,285 32,585 9 July 2024
AU $220 million Quarterly 242,543 125,925 13 May 2025
AU $100 million Quarterly
111,915
55,336 5 October 2027
Total retail bonds and medium term notes 458,019 385,482
1
Medium term notes, matured on 9 July 2024, were fully repaid.
The Group actively engages facility providers in commercial negotiations including tenor extensions, increase in facility limits,
refinancing arrangements, and other commercial terms. The Group has a track record of extending or refinancing funding
arrangements as they fall due and does not anticipate any difficultly in doing so when the facilities above expire.
P. 40
15 Borrowings (continued)
Subordinated notes
NZD Subordinated notes
On 28 April 2023, HBL, a subsidiary of the Group, issued $100 million of subordinated unsecured notes (NZD Subordinated notes)
to New Zealand investors and certain overseas institutional investors pursuant to the terms of the Subordinated Unsecured Notes
Deed Poll in accordance with the laws of New Zealand. NZD Subordinated notes are treated as Tier 2 capital under HBL regulatory
capital requirements and will mature on 28 April 2033.
Interest payable
The interest rate is a fixed rate of 7.51% for a period of 5 years until 28 April 2028, after which it will reset to quarterly floating
rate equal to the sum of the applicable 3-month Bank Bill Rate plus 3.2% Issue Margin. The quarterly payment of interest in
respect of the subordinated notes are subject to HBL being solvent at the time of, and immediately following the interest
payment.
Early Redemption
HBL may choose to repay all or some of the subordinated notes for their face value together with accrued interest (if any) on 28
April 2028 or any interest payment date thereafter. Early redemption of all the subordinated notes for certain tax or regulatory
events is permitted on an interest payment date. Early redemption is subject to certain conditions, including HBL obtaining the
Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) prior written approval and HBL being solvent at the time.
Ranking
The claims of the holders of the subordinated notes will rank:
- Behind the claims of all depositors and other creditors of HBL;
- equally with the claims of other holders of any other securities and obligations that rank equally with the subordinated
notes and;
- ahead of the rights of the HBL's shareholders and holders of any other securities and obligations of HBL that rank behind the
subordinated notes.
AUD Subordinated notes
On 28 June 2024, HBA, a subsidiary of the Group, issued A$50 million of subordinated unsecured notes (AUD Subordinated notes)
pursuant to the terms of the Debt Issuance Programme in accordance with the laws of Australia. AUD Subordinated notes are
treated as Tier 2 capital under HBA regulatory capital requirements and will mature on 28 June 2034.
AUD Subordinated notes do
not qualify for treatment as Tier 2 capital under HBL regulatory capital requirements.
Interest payable
The interest rate is a floating rate equal to the sum of the applicable 3-month Bank Bill Swap Rate plus 3.7% Issue Margin. The
quarterly payment of interest in respect of the subordinated notes are subject to HBA being solvent at the time of, and
immediately following the interest payment.
Early Redemption
HBA may elect to repay the subordinated notes before 28 June 2034 in part or in full at their face value together with accrued
interest on 28 June 2029 or any interest payment date thereafter. Early redemption of all the subordinated notes for certain tax
or regulatory events is permitted on an interest payment date. Early redemption is subject to certain conditions, including HBA
obtaining the Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority (APRA) prior written approval and HBA being solvent at the time.
Ranking
The claims of the holders of the subordinated notes will rank:
- Behind the claims of all depositors and other creditors of HBA;
- equally with the claims of other holders of any other securities and obligations that rank equally with the subordinated
notes and;
- ahead of the rights of the HBA's shareholders and holders of any other securities and obligations of HBA that rank behind
the subordinated notes.
P. 41
15 Borrowings (continued)
Securitised Borrowings
The Group had the following securitised borrowings outstanding as at 30 June 2024:
Securitisation facility June 2024 June 2023
$000's Currency Limit Drawn Limit Drawn Maturity Date
AUD NZD AUD NZD
Heartland Auto Receivable
Warehouse (HARWT)
NZD - 600,000 484,422 - 400,000 227,054 27 March 2028
Seniors Warehouse Trust
(SWT)
1
AU - - - 600,000 651,537 622,344 30 September 2025
StockCo Securitisation Trust
2021-1 (StockCo)
AU 250,000 273,733 155,581 300,000 325,768 271,739 16 December 2025
Seniors Warehouse Trust No.
2 (SWT2)
AU 750,000 821,198 596,669 450,000 488,652 457,657 24 April 2026
Atlas 2020-1 Trust (Atlas)
2
AU - - 132,722 - - 134,943 24 September 2050
Total securitised borrowings 1,694,931 1,369,394 1,865,957 1,713,737
1
SWT drawn balance was fully repaid on 24 April 2024 and the facility was cancelled with effect from 1 May 2024.
2
Atlas is a closed securitisation trust due to its predefined asset composition and outstanding borrowings balance, fixed throughout its operational
life. As such, there is no facility limit applicable to Atlas issued notes.
x HARWT notes issued to investors are secured over motor vehicle loans.
x StockCo notes issued to investors are secured over livestock loans.
x SWT, SWT2 and Atlas notes issued to investors are secured over reverse mortgage loans.
Net debt reconciliation
The below table sets out net cash flow and non-cash changes in liabilities arising from financing activities.
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Balance as at beginning of year 2,496,375 2,578,213
Proceeds from wholesale borrowings 1,743,510 1,264,359
Repayment of wholesale borrowings (2,362,786) (1,208,292)
Proceeds from issue of unsubordinated notes 189,588 87,589
Repayment of unsubordinated notes (123,764) (330,300)
Proceeds from issue of subordinated debt 51,572 97,934
Total cash movements (501,880) (88,710)
Acquisition of debt from purchase of subsidiary 2,574 -
Capitalised interest and fee expense 30,791 34,809
Fair value movements 805 (473)
Foreign exchange and other movements 12,098 (27,464)
Total non-cash movements 46,268 6,872
Balance as at the end of year 2,040,763 2,496,375
P. 42
16 Share capital and dividends
Policy
Ordinary shares are classified as equity, incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares and share options
are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effect.
June 2024 June 2023
Number of Number of
Shares Shares
Issued shares
Opening balance 709,658 592,904
Shares issued during the year 211,868 112,417
Shares issued - dividend reinvestment plan 9,035 4,337
Closing balance 930,561 709,658
HGH completed a capital raise during the year which comprised an institutional share placement (Placement) and a 1 for 6.85
accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer (Entitlement Offer), offered to eligible institutional shareholders (Institutional
Entitlement Offer) and eligible retail shareholders (Retail Entitlement Offer). HGH issued 131,949,647 shares for total proceeds
of $131.9 million on 15 April 2024 under the Institutional Entitlement Offer and 79,102,644 shares at $1.00 per share ($79.1
million) on 26 April 2024 under the Retail Entitlement Offer. The total value of shares issued was $210.0 million with $6.3 million
of transaction costs recognised in relation to this share issuance.
On 19 September 2023, HGH issued a further 1,275,194 shares at $0.60 per share ($0.8 million) under the Long Term Incentive
Scheme of HGH (LTI Scheme), of which 459,070 shares at $1.74 per share ($0.8 million) were acquired by HGH pursuant to the
buyback offer to the participants to fund the tax liability arising for those participants upon receipt of shares under the LTI
Scheme.
The Group issued 4,790,946 new shares at $1.69 per share ($8.1 million) on 22 September 2023 and 4,243,768 new shares at
$1.27 per share ($5.4 million) on 20 March 2024 under the dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) for the period (2023: 4,336,812 new
shares at $1.64 per share ($7.1 million) on 23 March 2023 under the DRP for the period).
The ordinary shares have no par value. Each ordinary share of HGH carries the right to vote on a poll at meetings of shareholders,
the right to an equal share in dividends and the right to an equal share in the distribution of the surplus assets of HGH in the event
of liquidation.
Dividends paid
June 2024 June 2023
Date Cents Date Cents
Declared Per Share $000's Declared Per Share $000's
Final dividend 28 August 2023 6.0 42,579 24 August 2022 5.5 32,609
Interim dividend 26 February 2024 4.0 28,611 28 February 2023 5.5 38,793
Total dividends paid 71,190 71,402
P. 43
17 Other reserves
Foreign
Currency
Employee Translation Cash Flow
Benefit Reserve Fair Value Hedge
$000's Reserve (FCTR) Reserve Reserve Total
June 2024
Balance as at 30 June 2023 3,581 (8,438) (3,978) 15,075 6,240
Movements attributable to net investments in foreign
operations
- 1,773 - - 1,773
Movements attributable to fair value hedges - - 1,282 - 1,282
Movements attributable to cash flow hedges - - - (14,977) (14,977)
Movements attributable to fair value changes for the financial
instruments at FVOCI
- - (3,152) - (3,152)
Income tax effect - - (357) 4,276 3,919
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) net of income tax - 1,773 (2,227) (10,701) (11,155)
Share based payments (2,816) - - - (2,816)
Vesting of share based payments (765) - - - (765)
Balance as at 30 June 2024 - (6,665) (6,205) 4,374 (8,496)
June 2023
Balance as at 30 June 2022 4,646 (1,635) (1,034) 7,959 9,936
Movements attributable to net investments in foreign
operations
- (6,803) - - (6,803)
Movements attributable to fair value hedges - - (779) - (779)
Movements attributable to cash flow hedges - - - 9,534 9,534
Movements attributable to fair value changes for the financial
instruments at FVOCI
- - (2,411) - (2,411)
Income tax effect 246 (2,418) (2,172)
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) net of income tax - (6,803) (2,944) 7,116 (2,631)
Share based payments 105 - - - 105
Vesting of share based payments (1,170) - - - (1,170)
Balance as at 30 June 2023 3,581 (8,438) (3,978) 15,075 6,240
Employee benefit reserve
Includes amounts which arise on the recognition of the Group’s fair value estimate of equity instruments expected to vest under
share-based compensation plan.
FCTR
Exchange differences arising on translation of the Group's foreign operations are accumulated in the Foreign currency translation
reserve and recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss when a foreign
operation is disposed of.
Fair value reserve
Includes changes in the fair value of investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of
tax. For debt securities, these changes are reclassified to the profit or loss when the asset is disposed. For equity securities, these
changes are not reclassified to the profit or loss when the asset is disposed.
Cash flow hedge reserve
This includes fair value gains and losses associated with the effective portion of the designated cash flow hedging instruments, net
of tax.
P. 44
18 Other balance sheet items
Policy
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment (if any). Depreciation is
calculated on a straight line basis to write off the net cost or revalued amount of each asset over its expected life to its estimated
residual value.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Other assets
Trade receivables 194 430
GST receivables 4,402 562
Prepayments
1
6,218 11,931
Property, plant and equipment
2
22,031 14,241
Other receivables 2,340 826
Total other assets 35,185 27,990
1
Prepayments at 30 June 2023 included $3.9 million deposit paid for the conditional acquisition of HBA.
2
Property, plant and equipment include rural property worth $7.8 million, which has undergone a change in use from investment property during
the year.
Policy
Intangible assets
Intangible assets with finite useful lives
Software acquired or internally developed by the Group is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated
impairment losses. Expenditure on software assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic value of that asset.
Certain internal and external costs directly incurred in acquiring and developing software are capitalised when specific criteria are
met. Costs incurred on planning or evaluating software proposals during the research phase or on maintaining systems after
implementation are not capitalised. Amortisation of software is on a straight line basis, at rates which will write off the cost over
the assets’ estimated useful lives. The expected useful life of the software varies up to ten years.
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements
SaaS arrangements are service agreements that grant the Group the right to access the cloud provider’s application software over
the contract period. Costs associated with configuring or customising the software, along with ongoing fees for accessing the
cloud provider's application, are recognised as operating expenses when the services are received.
Some of these costs pertain to developing software code that enhances or modifies, or creates additional capability to, existing
on-premise systems and qualifies as an intangible asset based on its definition and recognition criteria.
The Group capitalises costs incurred in configuring or customising certain suppliers’ application software within specific cloud
computing arrangements as intangible assets as the Group considers that it would benefit from those costs to implement the
cloud-based software over the expected terms of the cloud computing arrangements. However, such capitalisation occurs only if
the activities result in creating an intangible asset that the Group has control over and meets the necessary recognition criteria.
Costs that do not meet the criteria for capitalisation as intangible assets are expensed as incurred unless they are paid to the
suppliers (or subcontractors of the supplier) of the cloud-based software to significantly customise the cloud-based software for
the Group (i.e., such services are not distinct from the Group’s right to receive access to the supplier’s cloud-based software). In
the latter case, the upfront costs are recorded as prepayments for services and amortised over the expected terms of the cloud
computing arrangements.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on acquisition represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of
the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill that has an indefinite useful life is not subject to amortisation and is tested for
impairment annually. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
P. 45
18 Other balance sheet items (continued)
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Computer software
Software - cost
1
88,533 48,513
Software under development 5,692 28,391
Accumulated amortisation (37,443) (31,944)
Net carrying value of computer software 56,782 44,960
Goodwill 208,723 184,422
Net carrying value of goodwill 208,723 184,422
Banking licence 14,401 6,351
Total intangible assets 279,906 235,733
1
The increase in software - cost is related to capitalised costs associated with the core banking system upgrade completed during the year ended
30 June 2024.
Banking Licence
On 30 April 2024 Heartland Group Holdings Limited acquired 100% of the shares of CBL, holder of a full Australian Authorised
Deposit-Taking Institution (ADI) Licence, from Challenger Limited. HGH and CBL jointly applied to the Australian Prudential
Regulatory Authority (APRA) for approval to expand the range of products CBL offers and to amend CBL’s APRA approved
business plan to integrate with HGH’s existing Australian based financial services business.
Costs directly attributable to the application have been recognised as Banking Licence intangible asset as the Banking Licence will
have an indefinite life with no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset will generate benefits for the business.
Goodwill
For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to cash generating units. A Cash Generating Unit (CGU) is the
smallest identifiable group of assets that generate independent cash inflows. The Group has assessed that goodwill should be
allocated to the smallest identifiable CGU or group of CGUs.
During the year, the Group had also recognised provisional goodwill from the acquisition of HBA (refer to Note 19 – Acquisition
for further details).
The Group previously allocated goodwill to Heartland Bank Limited representing the New Zealand banking business, Heartland
Australia Holdings Pty Limited representing the Australian reverse mortgage lending business and StockCo Australia Group
representing the Australian specialist livestock finance business.
Pursuant to the acquisition of CBL, CBL and the Australian reverse mortgage lending and livestock financing businesses were
transferred into HBA (collectively the Australian businesses). The performance of the Australian businesses is not monitored as
separate business units but rather aggregated within HBA. The management structure has also been reorganised to reflect this,
and general managers, responsible for product categories, report into one HBA management team. This represents a change in
the way in which goodwill is monitored internally, and has resulted in a reallocation of goodwill to the group of CGUs represented
by the Australian businesses. There were no indicators of impairment of goodwill immediately prior to the acquisition and
business reorganisation.
CGU / Group of CGUs Goodwill
$000’s June 2024 June 2023
Heartland Bank Limited 29,799 29,799
Heartland Bank Australia Limited (previously Challenger Bank Limited) 178,924 -
Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited - 15,344
StockCo Australia Group
1
- 139,279
Total goodwill 208,723 184,422
1
Comprising StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Limited and StockCo Australia Management Pty Limited as stated in Note 26 – Significant subsidiaries
P. 46
18 Other balance sheet items (continued)
Goodwill (continued)
Impairment testing of goodwill
Further information about goodwill impairment tests performed for CGUs or group of CGUs is provided below.
Heartland Bank Limited (HBL) - $29.8 million
The recoverable amount of the CGU was determined on a value in use (VIU) basis using a discounted cash flow methodology. The
model uses a five-year cash flow forecast based on the latest budget approved by the respective Boards and extended out based
on long term growth rates. The long-term growth rate applied to the future cash flows after year five of the forecast was 2.0%
(2023: 2.0%), and a discount rate of 10.0% (2023: 10.0%) for HBL was applied which reflect both past experience and external
sources of information. The goodwill impairment assessment indicates significant headroom, and that no foreseeable
adjustments to key assumptions such as growth rate or discount rate would lead to impairment.
HBA group of CGUs (comprising the CGUs of Heartland Bank Australia Limited, Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited and
StockCo Australia Group) - $178.9 million
The recoverable amount is determined based on fair value less cost to sell by using an earnings multiple applicable to the group of
CGUs. The category of this fair value is Level 3. Earnings multiples relating to the group of CGUs are sourced from publicly
available data associated with comparable Australasian Financial Services companies to the group of CGUs, and are applied to the
projected earnings for the next twelve months. The key assumption is the price-earnings (P/E) multiple observed for these
businesses, the average of which for the comparable businesses were in the range of 14.0x-16.0x. For goodwill to be impaired for
this group of CGUs, the forecast earnings for the next twelve months would need to decrease by between 15.9% and 26.4%.
No impairment losses have been recognised against the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended 30 June 2024 (2023: nil).
The following information is in relation to the impairment tests performed for HAH and StockCo Australia Group for the
comparative period.
Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited (HAH)
The recoverable amount of the businesses was determined on a VIU basis using a discounted cash flow methodology. The model
uses a five-year cash flow forecast based on the latest budget approved by the Board and extended out based on long-term
growth rates. The long-term growth rate applied to the future cash flows after year five of the forecast was 2.5% for HAH, and a
discount rate of 10.0% was applied which reflect both past experience and external sources of information. The goodwill
impairment assessment indicates significant headroom, and that no foreseeable adjustments to key assumptions such as growth
rate or discount rate would lead to impairment.
StockCo Australia Group
The recoverable amount of the business was determined on a fair value less cost to sell basis using a discounted cash flow
methodology. The model uses a four-year cash flow forecast based on the latest growth target approved by the Board and
extended out based on growth expectations for the business. This valuation methodology uses level three inputs in terms of the
fair value hierarchy in NZ IFRS 13. The following drivers and key assumptions are used in the model:
- Annual lending growth which has been forecasted based on management’s current expectations of growth in the
specialist livestock financing portfolio. In forming these expectations management has referenced the current and
expected outlook in the overall Australian cattle and lamb markets and factored in pricing and growth strategies relative
to market outlook. This includes targeting new customer segments and distribution channels to broaden reach.
P. 47
18 Other balance sheet items (continued)
Goodwill (continued)
StockCo Australia Group (continued)
- Gross interest income (including interest yield) which represents the pricing of the products which factors in market
outlook and new customer segments and are estimated based on management’s past experience.
- Cost of funds which was projected based on the forward curve for bank bill rate plus a margin at the date of
assessment, representing the expected funding structure of an analogous Australian ADI noting that the Group is
working towards obtaining an Australian ADI licence.
- Terminal growth rate of 2.4% after year five of the forecast and discount rate of 12.0%, which reflects external sources
of information.
The recoverable amount of the business exceeds its carrying amount by $30.4 million (A$28.0 million). The discount rate would
need to rise above 13.5% and the terminal growth rate will need to be below 2.0% in combination to result in an impairment.
Policy
Employee benefits
Annual leave entitlements are accrued at amounts expected to be paid. Long service leave is accrued by calculating the probable
future value of the entitlements and discounting back to present value. Obligations to defined contribution superannuation
schemes are recognised as an expense when the contribution is paid.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables 17,158 14,731
Insurance liability 645 914
Employee benefits 12,951 11,224
Other tax payables 4,176 3,820
Collateral received on derivatives
1
2,384 27,609
Total trade and other payables 37,314 58,298
1
The Group has accepted collateral arising from derivative transactions, included in Cash and cash equivalents. The decrease in the carrying
amount of cash collateral received is attributable to decrease in net asset positions on derivative balances compared to 30 June 2023. Refer to
Note 31 - Offsetting financial instruments.
P. 48
18 Other balance sheet items (continued)
Policy
Leases
The Group leases office space, car parks, equipment and cars. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods but may have
extension options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions.
In determining the lease term, all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option are
considered. Extension options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended.
Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments and discounted using the Group's incremental
borrowing rate (IBR). Lease liabilities are measured using the effective interest method. Carrying amounts are remeasured only
upon reassessments and lease modifications.
Right of use assets are depreciated at the shorter of lease term or the Group’s depreciation policy for that asset class.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Right of use assets
Balance at beginning of year 12,318 14,145
Depreciation charge for the year, included within depreciation expense in the income statement (3,252) (2,539)
Additions to right of use assets 6,453 712
Total right of use assets 15,519 12,318
Lease liability
Current 3,689 3,166
Non-current 14,087 11,121
Total lease liability 17,776 14,287
Interest expense relating to lease liability 693 488
P. 49
19 Acquisition
Policy
Business combination
The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities and assets meets
the definition of a business and control is transferred to the Group. In determining whether a particular set of activities and assets
is a business, the Group assesses whether the set of assets and activities consists of inputs and processes applied to those inputs
that have the ability to contribute to the creation of outputs.
The consideration transferred in the acquisition and any contingent consideration to be transferred are generally measured at fair
value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is initially measured at cost (being the excess of the aggregate of the
consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired) and is tested annually for impairment. Any gain on a
bargain purchase is recognised in profit or loss immediately. If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by
the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which
the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period (see below), or additional
assets or liabilities are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the
acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date. The measurement period is the
period from the date of acquisition to the date the Group obtains complete information about facts and circumstances that
existed as of the acquisition date, and does not exceed twelve months. Transaction cost related to the acquisition is recognised as
an expense in profit or loss when incurred with the exception of costs to issue debt or equity securities.
On 30 April 2024 the Group completed the acquisition of 100% shareholding in CBL from Challenger Limited. From 1 May 2024, CBL
began trading as Heartland Bank Australia, with the legal name change from CBL to HBA occurring later in May 2024.
Total cash consideration in relation to the transaction was A$115.24 million (NZ$126.60 million) which is comprised of:
x the total purchase price of A$45.96 million (NZ$50.49 million), reflecting the initial purchase price of A$36.70 million
(NZ$40.31 million) plus A$9.26 million (NZ$10.17 million) of additional consideration due to the deposit raising
programme undertaken by CBL prior to completion, and
x an additional payment of A$69.28 million (NZ$76.10 million), reflecting the increased capital being held by CBL following
its pre-completion purchase of A$574.30 million (NZ$631.35 million) of reverse mortgages from HAH.
The deposit raising programme was requisite to the completion of the acquisition and is considered as part of the acquisition
transaction.
The Group is assessing the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, and determining the related deferred tax
effects, if any, in line with the principles for estimating fair value adopted by the Group. Values were provisionally allocated to
identifiable assets and liabilities on completion date based on available information. They may be adjusted during the 12 months
following that date on the basis of new information obtained relating to facts and circumstances prevailing at completion date.
Goodwill of A$21.19 million (NZ $23.21 million) has been recognised from the acquisition on a provisional basis. This is supported
by the enabled expansion through access to retail deposits, together with the anticipated synergies to be realised over the next few
years.
The provisional goodwill as at the acquisition date has been allocated to the Heartland Australia Bank Limited CGU (refer to Note
18 - Other balance sheet items for further details).
P. 50
19 Acquisition (continued)
Details of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired and the provisional goodwill arising from the acquisition of HBA are set
out as follows:
Provisional fair value
recognised on acquisition
$000's
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
292,211
Investments
367,739
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost
61,179
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages
635,609
Provision for impairment
(167)
Deferred tax asset
820
Other assets
860
Total assets 1,358,251
Liabilities
Deposits
1,249,375
Other borrowings
2,574
Trade and other payables
2,916
Total liabilities 1,254,865
Net assets acquired 103,386
Provisional goodwill arising on acquisition 23,205
Fair value of consideration 126,591
Cash flow on acquisition
Net cash acquired with the subsidiary 292,211
Net cash (inflow) on acquisition of subsidiary (165,620)
HBA has contributed interest income of A$14.86 million (NZ $16.15 million) and net loss of A$1.20 million (NZ $1.29 million) to
the Group for the period from 30 April 2024 to 30 June 2024.
If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2023, it is estimated that the contribution to the Group's interest income and profit for
the year ended 30 June 2024 would have been A$35.47 million (NZ$38.40 million) and A$8.90 million (NZ$9.60 million) net loss
respectively.
P. 51
20 Related party transactions and balances
Policy
A person or entity is a related party under the following circumstances:
a) A person or a close member of that person's family if that person:
i) has control or joint control over HGH;
ii) has significant influence over HGH; or
iii) is a member of the key management personnel of HGH.
b) An entity is related to HGH if any of the following conditions applies:
i) the entity and HGH are members of the same group;
ii) one entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity;
iii) both entities are joint ventures of the same third party;
iv) one entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity;
v) the entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either the reporting entity or an entity related
to HGH
vi) the entity is controlled, or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a); and
vii) a person identified in (a)(i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key management personnel of
entity (or of a parent of the entity).
(a) Transactions with key management personnel
Key management personnel (KMP), are those who, directly or indirectly, have authority and responsibility for planning, directing
and controlling the activities of the Group. This includes all executive staff and Directors.
KMP receive personal banking and financial investment services from the Group in the ordinary course of business. The terms and
conditions, for example interest rates and collateral, and the risks to the Group are comparable to transactions with other
employees and did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features.
All other transactions with KMP’s and their related parties are conducted in the ordinary course of business on commercial terms
and conditions.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Transactions with key management personnel
Interest income - 123
Interest expense (69) (43)
Key management personnel compensation
Short-term employee benefits (3,423) (8,083)
Share-based plan benefit/(expense) - 14
Total transactions with key management personnel (3,492) (7,989)
Due from/(to) key management personnel
Lending - 4,428
Borrowings - deposits (1,231) (855)
Total due from/(to) key management personnel (1,231) 3,573
P. 52
20 Related party transactions and balances (continued)
(b) Transactions with related parties
HGH is the ultimate parent company of the Group.
Entities within the Group have regular transactions with each other on agreed terms. The transactions include the provision of
administrative services and customer operations. Banking facilities are provided by HBL to other Group entities on normal
commercial terms as with other customers. There is no lending from subsidiaries within the Group to HGH.
Related party transactions between the Group eliminate on consolidation. Related party transactions outside of the Group are as
follows:
$000's June 2024 June 2023
ASF Custodians Pty Limited
Audit fees
- 4
Heartland Trust (HT)
Dividends paid 650 714
HT held 6,504,266 shares in HGH (2023: 6,504,266 shares).
The Trustees of HT and certain employees of the Group provided their time and skills to the oversight and operation of HT at no
charge.
P. 53
21 Fair value
Policy
Fair value is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date.
On initial recognition, the transaction price generally represents the fair value of the financial instrument, unless there is
observable information from an active market that provides a more appropriate fair value.
The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities that are traded in active markets are based on quoted market prices or
dealer price quotations. For all other financial instruments, the Group determines fair value using other valuation techniques.
The Group measures fair values using the following fair value hierarchy, which reflects the observability of the inputs used in
measuring fair value:
Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that
is, as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices).
Level 3 - Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting period during which the
change has occurred.
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial asset and liability measured
at fair value on a recurring basis in the consolidated statement of financial position.
The Group has an established framework in performing valuations required for financial reporting purposes including
Level 3 fair values. The Group regularly reviews and calibrates significant unobservable inputs and valuation adjustments
in accordance with market participants’ views. If external valuation specialists are engaged to measure fair values, the Group
assesses the evidence obtained from these specialists to support the conclusion of these valuations. All significant
valuations are reported to the Group's Board Audit and Risk Committee for approval prior to its adoption in the financial
statements.
Investment in debt securities
Investments in public sector securities and corporate bonds are stated at FVOCI or FVTPL, with the fair value being based on
quoted market prices (Level 1 under the fair value hierarchy) or modelled using observable market inputs (Level 2 under the fair
value hierarchy). Refer to Note 11 – Investments for more details.
Investments valued under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are valued either based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes for
similar instruments, or discounted cash flows analysis.
Investments in equity securities
Investments in equity securities are classified at FVTPL unless an irrevocable election is made by the Group to measure at FVOCI.
Investment in listed securities traded in liquid, active markets where prices are readily observable are measured under Level 1 of
the fair value hierarchy with no modelling or assumptions used in the valuation. Equity securities are measured at FVOCI where
they are not held for trading, the Group doesn't have control or significant influence over the investee and where an irrevocable
election is made to measure them at FVOCI. These securities are measured at fair value with unrealised gains and losses
recognised in other comprehensive income except for dividend income which is recognised in profit or loss. Investments in
unlisted equity securities are measured under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy with the fair value being based on unobservable
inputs using market accepted valuation techniques. Where appropriate, the Group may apply adjustments to the above-
mentioned techniques to determine fair value of an equity security to reflect the underlying characteristics. These adjustments
are reflective of market participant considerations in valuing the said security.
P. 54
21 Fair value (continued)
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages
The reverse mortgage portfolio is classified and measured at FVTPL under NZ IFRS 9 Financial instruments (NZ IFRS 9). An
irrevocable election has been made by the Group to not apply the new NZ IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts standard effective from 1
July 2023. The review of the reverse mortgage portfolio valuation determined that the terms and conditions of these loan
contracts do not contain a component of significant insurance risk, therefore they continue to be treated under NZ IFRS 9
Financial Instruments classified at FVTPL under NZ IFRS.
On initial recognition the Group considers the transaction price to represent the fair value of the loan, on the basis that no reliable
fair value can be estimated as there is no relevant active market and fair value cannot be reliably measured using other valuation
techniques under NZ IFRS 13 Fair value measurement.
For subsequent measurement, and at balance date, the Group considered whether the fair value can be determined by reference
to a relevant active market or using a valuation technique that incorporates observable inputs but has concluded relevant support
is not currently available. In the absence of such market evidence the Group has used the transaction value (cash advanced plus
accrued capitalised interest) for subsequent measurement. The Group has used an actuarial method to determine a proxy for the
fair value that incorporates changes in the portfolio risk and expectations of the portfolio performance. This includes inputs such
as mortality and potential move into care, voluntary exits, house price changes, interest rate margin and the no equity guarantee.
This estimate is highly subjective and a wide range of plausible values are possible. The estimate provides an indication of
whether the transaction value is overstated.
The Group does not consider that the actuarial estimate has moved outside of the original expectation range on initial
recognition. There has been no fair value movement recognised in profit or loss during the period (2023: nil). Fair value is not
sensitive to the above assumptions due to the nature of reverse mortgage loans. In particular, given conservative origination loan-
to-value ratio and security criteria, a material deterioration in house prices combined with a material increase in interest rates
over a sustained period of time would likely need to occur before any potential impact to fair value.
The Group will continue to reassess the existence of a relevant active market and movements in expectations on an on-going
basis.
Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are recognised in the financial statements at fair value. Fair values are determined from
observable market prices as at the reporting date, discounted cash flow models or option pricing models as appropriate (Level 2
under the fair value hierarchy).
P. 55
21 Fair value (continued)
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)
The following table analyses financial instruments measured at fair value at the reporting date by the level in the fair value
hierarchy into which each fair value measurement is categorised. The amounts are based on the values recognised in the
consolidated statement of financial position.
$000's Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
June 2024
Assets
Investments 1,082,699 - 9,432 1,092,131
Derivative financial instruments - 12,316 - 12,316
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 2,897,818 2,897,818
Total financial assets measured at fair value 1,082,699 12,316 2,907,250 4,002,265
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments - 9,017 - 9,017
Total financial liabilities measured at fair value - 9,017 - 9,017
June 2023
Assets
Investments 318,756 - 11,484 330,240
Derivative financial instruments - 36,983 - 36,983
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 2,403,810 2,403,810
Total financial assets measured at fair value 318,756 36,983 2,415,294 2,771,033
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments - 7,624 - 7,624
Total financial liabilities measured at fair value - 7,624 - 7,624
There were no transfers between levels in the fair value hierarchy in the year ended 30 June 2024 (2023: nil).
The movement in Level 3 assets measured at fair value are below:
Finance Receivables
$000's
- Reverse Mortgage Investments Total
June 2024
As at 30 June 2023
2,403,810 11,484 2,415,294
Sale of SWT portfolio to HBA
1
(631,345) - (631,345)
Additions - acquisition of HBA
2
635,609 - 635,609
New loans
552,073 - 552,073
Repayments
(335,429) - (335,429)
Capitalised Interest and fees
261,318 - 261,318
Purchase of investments
- 1,059 1,059
Fair value (loss) on investment
- (3,152) (3,152)
Other
3
11,782 41 11,823
As at 30 June 2024 2,897,818 9,432 2,907,250
June 2023
As at 30 June 2022
1,996,854 7,032 2,003,886
New loans
543,248 - 543,248
Repayments
(297,066) - (297,066)
Capitalised Interest and fees
183,458 - 183,458
Purchase of investments
- 6,952 6,952
Fair value (loss) on investment
- (2,411) (2,411)
Other
3
(22,684)
(89) (22,773)
As at 30 June 2023 2,403,810 11,484 2,415,294
1
Represents reverse mortgage portfolio sold to HBA on 24 April 2024, prior to its acquisition. Refer to Note 27 - Structured Entities.
2
Refer to Note 19 - Acquisition.
3
This relates to foreign currency translation differences for the assets.
P. 56
21 Fair value (continued)
(a) Financial instruments not measured at fair value
The following assets and liabilities of the Group are not measured at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial position.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are measured at amortised cost and their carrying value is considered equivalent to their fair value due
to their short term nature.
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost
The fair value of the Group's finance receivables is calculated using a valuation technique which assumes the Group's current
weighted average lending rates for loans of a similar nature and term.
Finance receivables with a floating interest rate are deemed to be at current market rates. The current amount of credit
provisioning has been deducted from the fair value calculation of finance receivables as a proxy for future losses.
Borrowings
The fair value of deposits, bank borrowings and other borrowings is the present value of future cash flows and is based on the
current market interest rates payable by the Group for debt of similar maturities.
Other financial assets and financial liabilities
The fair value of all other financial instruments is considered equivalent to their carrying value due to their short-term nature.
The following table sets out financial instruments not measured at fair value where the carrying value does not approximate fair
value, compares their carrying value against their fair value and analyses them by level in the fair value hierarchy.
June 2024 June 2023
Total Total
Fair Value Total Fair Carrying Fair Value Total Fair Carrying
$000's Hierarchy Value Value Hierarchy Value Value
Assets
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost Level 3 4,146,692 4,266,946 Level 3 4,102,591 4,334,214
Total financial assets 4,146,692 4,266,946 4,102,591 4,334,214
Liabilities
Deposits Level 2 5,955,369 5,949,116 Level 2 4,130,326 4,131,025
Other borrowings Level 2 2,042,396 2,040,763 Level 2 2,496,310 2,496,375
Total financial liabilities 7,997,765 7,989,879 6,626,636 6,627,400
P. 57
21 Fair value (continued)
(b) Classification of financial instruments
The following tables summarise the categories of financial instruments and the carrying value of all financial instruments of the
Group:
FVOCI Total
FVOCI Debt Amortised Carrying
$000's Equity Securities FVTPL Cost Value
June 2024
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents - - - 629,619 629,619
Investments 7,575 371,816 712,740 - 1,092,131
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost - - - 4,266,946 4,266,946
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 2,897,818 - 2,897,818
Derivative financial instruments - - 12,316 - 12,316
Other financial assets - - - 2,534 2,534
Total financial assets 7,575 371,816 3,622,874 4,899,099 8,901,364
Liabilities
Deposits - - - 5,949,116 5,949,116
Other borrowings - - - 2,040,763 2,040,763
Derivative financial instruments - - 9,017 - 9,017
Other financial liabilities - - - 20,187 20,187
Total financial liabilities - 9,017 8,010,066 8,019,083
June 2023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents - - - 311,503 311,503
Investments 9,665 315,192 5,383 - 330,240
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost - - - 4,334,214 4,334,214
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 2,403,810 - 2,403,810
Derivative financial instruments - - 36,983 - 36,983
Other financial assets - - - 1,256 1,256
Total financial assets 9,665 315,192 2,446,176 4,646,973 7,418,006
Liabilities
Deposits - - - 4,131,025 4,131,025
Other borrowings - - - 2,496,375 2,496,375
Derivative financial instruments - - 7,624 - 7,624
Other financial liabilities - - - 43,254 43,254
Total financial liabilities - - 7,624 6,670,654 6,678,278
P. 58
Risk Management
22 Enterprise risk management program
The board of directors (the Board) sets and monitors the Group’s risk appetite across the primary risk domains of credit, capital,
liquidity, market (including interest rate and foreign exchange), operational and compliance and general business risk.
Management is, in turn, responsible for ensuring appropriate structures, policies, procedures and information systems are in
place to actively manage these risk domains, as outlined within the Risk Management Strategy and Framework document
(RMS&F). Collectively, these processes are known as the Group’s Enterprise Risk Management Program (RMP).
The RMS&F supersedes HGH’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) and has been developed to accommodate
changes in the Group's operating environment, arising from the acquisition and integration of HBA, and is aligned with HBA’s own
Risk Management Strategy document that reflects Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) regulatory requirements in
addition to the HGH’s existing RMS&F that supports the RBNZ prudential risk management requirement.
Role of the Board and the Board Audit and Risk Committee
The Board, through its Board Audit and Risk Committee (BARC) is responsible for oversight and governance of the development of
the RMP. The role of the BARC includes assisting the Board to formulate its risk appetite and monitoring the effectiveness of the
RMP. BARC’s responsibilities also include:
x Reviewing financial reporting and application of accounting policies as part of the internal control and risk assessment
framework.
x Monitoring the identification, evaluation and management of all significant risks through the Group. This work is supported
by an internal audit programme, which provides an independent assessment of the design, adequacy and effectiveness of
internal controls. The BARC receives regular reports from internal audit.
x Advising the Board on the formulation of the Board's Risk Appetite Statement.
x Reviewing any reports, policies, standards, other risk documents or matters, or minutes which have been prepared by or in
respect of the HGH's Board.
x Monitor material, emerging and strategic risks for the Group and its subsidiaries.
The BARC consists of three non-executive directors. The Chair of the HBL Audit Committee and the Chair of the HBL Risk
Committee, as well as the HGH CEO, the HBL CEO, the Head of Internal Audit and the HGH Chief Financial Officer (CFO), HBL CFO
and HBL Chief Risk Officer (CRO), each attend BARC meetings. The BARC undertakes its responsibilities with the assistance of
subsidiary Boards and subsidiary Board Committees.
Internal Audit
The Group has an Internal Audit function, the objective of which is to provide independent, objective assurance over the internal
control environment. In certain circumstances, Internal Audit will provide risk and control advice to Management provided the
work does not impede the independence of the Internal Audit function. The function assists the Group in accomplishing its
objectives by bringing a systematic and disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of risk management,
control, and governance processes.
Internal Audit is allowed full, free and unfettered access to any and all of the organisation’s records, personnel and physical
properties deemed necessary to accomplish its activities.
A regular cycle of review has been implemented to cover all areas of the business, focused on assessment, management and
control of risks identified. The audit plan takes into account cyclical review of various business units and operational areas,
as
well as identified areas of higher identified risk. The audit methodology is designed to meet the International Standards for the
Professional Practice of Internal Auditing of The Institute of Internal Auditors.
P. 59
22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Group Asset and Liability Committee (GALCO)
The GALCO is a management committee consisting of members from HBL and HBA which informs and supports the HGH BARC by
providing consolidated oversight of risks of the Group’s assets and liabilities across both HBL and HBA in relation to market risk,
liquidity risk, balance sheet structure and capital management through:
x Ensuring compliance of the Group with risk limits and governance requirements.
x Recommending policies for approval and changes to risk tolerances to BRC and BAC.
x Setting the strategic direction for asset and liability management, to be reflected in the asset and liability management
policy.
x Monitoring, assessing and proactively reacting to trends in the economy, interest rates, and foreign exchange rates to limit
any potential adverse impact on earnings.
HBL Executive Risk Committee (ERC)
The ERC comprises the HBL CEO, HBL CRO, HBL CFO, HBL Group Treasurer and Head of Internal Audit. The ERC has responsibility
for overseeing risk aspects including internal control environment to ensure that residual risk is consistent with the Group’s risk
appetite. The ERC generally meets monthly, and minutes are made available to the BARC. ERC’s specific responsibilities include
decision making and oversight of operational risk, compliance risk and credit risk.
Climate-related risks
Climate-related risks are integrated into the Group's overall risk management strategy and processes.
Risk Management
HGH has a defined risk tolerance for climate-related risk, which is monitored as part of HGH's respective RAS, reviewed, and
updated at least annually to incorporate necessary changes and consider any new material emerging risks.
HGH’s Enterprise Operational Risk Assessment identifies and assists proactive management of the Group’s most critical
operational risks, including climate-related risks, by establishing an inherent risk rating and residual risk rating to assist with
monitoring of the risk exposure.
All Group business units are required to review their risk and control self-assessment (RCSA) at least annually. The RCSA primarily
focuses on key operational risks and considers climate-related risks where relevant.
Governance
The Board is responsible for the Group's corporate governance, strategy and risk appetite ensuring climate-related risks and
opportunities are considered. Oversight, assessment and management of climate-related risks and opportunities occur within HBL
and HBA given their direct involvement in business operations and decision-making.
The HGH Sustainability Committee meets at least quarterly to consider climate-related risks and opportunities and provide
updates, guidance, and leadership regarding climate initiatives to the Board.
The ERC receives monthly updates on risk appetite and status, including the status of climate-related risks, as well as quarterly
Climate Change Composite Assessment capturing HBL and HBA climate-related risks.
HBL and HBA management are responsible for executing the initiatives, metrics and targets allocated based on accountability.
P. 60
22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Climate-related risks (continued)
Strategy
The Group's sustainability strategy continues to evolve with the ongoing commitment to reducing its direct environmental impact,
creating business practices that support positive environmental outcomes and fostering an internal culture of environmental
awareness. The Group's strategy is built upon three pillars:
• building the capability to appropriately take climate change risks into consideration when making lending decisions,
• funding borrowers' transition to a net-zero economy; and
• embedding sustainability into every aspect of the Group's operations.
The Group integrates climate-related risks and opportunities into its wider business strategy, supported by ongoing monitoring of
these risks through specific metrics and set targets focused on sustainable finance and its own operational emissions.
The Group assesses the impact of climate-related risks on its financial position and performance. Although climate change
introduces an element of uncertainty, the Group has determined that climate-related risks do not have a material impact on the
judgements, assumptions, and estimates for the year ended 30 June 2024.
HGH will release its Climate Report for the year ended 30 June 2024 by 31 October 2024, providing further details on the Group's
approach to climate-related risks. A copy of the Climate Report will be available on HGH’s website at
https://www.heartlandgroup.info/sustainability.
Operational and compliance risk
Operational and compliance risk is the risk arising from day-to-day operational activities in the execution of the Group's strategy
which may result in direct or indirect loss. Operational and compliance risk losses can occur as a result of fraud, human error,
missing or inadequately designed processes, failed systems, damage to physical assets, improper behaviour or from external
events. The losses range from direct financial losses, to reputational damage, unfavourable media attention, injury to or loss of
staff or clients or as a breach of laws or banking regulations. Where appropriate, risks are mitigated by insurance.
To ensure appropriate responsibility is allocated for the management, reporting and escalation of operational and compliance
risk, the Group operates a “three lines of defence” model which outlines principles for the roles, responsibilities and
accountabilities for operational and compliance risk management:
x The first line of defence is the business line management of the identification, management and mitigation of the risks
associated with the products and processes of the business. This accountability includes regular testing and attestation of the
adequacy and effectiveness of controls and compliance with the Group's policies.
x The second line of defence is the Risk and Compliance function, responsible for the design and ownership of the Operational
Risk Management Framework. It incorporates key processes including Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA), incident
management, independent evaluation of the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control framework, and the
attestation process.
x The third line of defence is Internal Audit which is responsible for independently assessing how effectively the Group is
managing its risk according to its stated risk appetite.
The Group’s exposure to operational and compliance risk is governed by a RAS approved by the Board and is used to guide
management activities. This statement sets out the nature of risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, which are
monitored by the ERC.
P. 61
22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Market risk
Market risk is the possibility of experiencing losses or gains due to factors affecting the overall performance of financial markets
in which the Group is exposed. The primary market risk exposures for the Group are interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.
The risk being that market interest rates or foreign exchange rates will change and adversely impact on the Group’s earnings due
to either adverse moves in foreign exchange market rates or in the case of interest rate risks mismatches between repricing dates
of interest bearing assets and liabilities and/or differences between customer pricing and wholesale rates.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk refers to exposure of an entity’s earnings and/or capital because of a mismatch between the interest rate
exposures of its assets and liabilities. Interest rate risk for the Group arises from the provision of non-traded retail banking
products and services and from traded wholesale transactions entered into to reduce aggregate interest rate risk (known as
hedges). This risk arises from four key sources:
x Mismatches between the repricing dates of interest bearing assets and liabilities (yield curve and repricing risk);
x Banking products repricing differently to changes in wholesale market rates (basis risk);
x Loan prepayment or deposit early withdrawal behaviour from customers that deviates from the expected or contractually
agreed behaviour (optionality risk);
x The effect of internal or market forces on a bank’s net interest margin where, for example, in a low-rate environment any fall
in rates will further decrease interest income earned on the assets whereas funding cost cannot be reduced as it is already at
the minimum level (margin compression risk); and
x The risk that the fair value of financial instruments will change when interest rates change (price risk). This is particularly
relevant for the Group's fair-valued assets, such as its liquid asset portfolio, which the fair value of is relied upon to support
the Group's funding requirements.
Refer to Note 25 - Interest rate risk for further details regarding interest rate risk.
Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange (FX) risk arises from a change in FX rates for assets, liabilities, profit, or income denominated in an entity’s non-
functional currency. Functional currency is the currency in which an entity primarily operates.
FX Risk has the below components:
x Structural FX risk refers to the risk that an entity is exposed to when its assets, liabilities, or capital resources are
denominated in a currency that is different to its reporting currency. This risk does not impact earnings unless and until the
investment is sold. However, it does impact shareholder equity through revaluations of the net asset value through the
foreign currency translation reserve.
x Profit translation risk is the risk that deviations in exchange rates significantly impact the translated value of a foreign
currency-based operation’s profit, creating volatility in the entity’s reported profit.
x Balance sheet translation risk - arises from monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. Movements in
FX rates change the equivalent value of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities through the entity’s reported
profit.
The Group’s investment of capital in foreign currency operations generates an exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates. The
Group has exposure to foreign currency translation risks through its Australian subsidiaries which have functional currency of
Australian dollars (AUD). Variations in the value of these foreign currency operations arising as a result of exchange differences
are reflected in the foreign currency translation reserve in equity. The Group incurs some non-traded foreign currency risk related
to the potential repatriation of profits from its Australian subsidiaries.
The Group does not currently hedge its net investments in foreign operations except in circumstances where there is a material
exposure arising from a currency that is anticipated to be volatile, and the hedging is cost effective. This risk is routinely
monitored, and hedging is conducted where it is likely to add shareholder value.
P. 62
22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Market risk (continued)
Foreign exchange risk (continued)
The Group’s sensitivity to movements in the FX rates arises mainly from the translation of the profit generated by its Australian
subsidiaries and the AUD-denominated monetary assets and liabilities. The Group’s FX sensitivity analysis is based on the
Australian subsidiaries' annual profit for the financial year representing an annual exposure to profit translation risk. Additionally,
it incorporates the exposure to HBL’s AUD-denominated cash balance as at the reporting date.
The following sensitivity analysis measures the impact on the Group’s net profit after tax and equity from a reasonably possible
movements in the AUD/NZD exchange rates, given the historical exchange rate volatility, with all other variables remaining
constant.
$000's Impact on profit
before tax
Impact on
equity
Impact on profit
before tax
Impact on
equity
As at 30 June 2024 As at 30 June 2023
AUD/NZD exchange rate - increase 1% (173) (124) (275) (198)
AUD/NZD exchange rate - decrease 1% 176 127 280 202
Counterparty Credit Risk
Counterparty credit risk is the risk that the Group’s earnings and/or capital are adversely impacted by the default of a
counterparty.
The Group has on-going credit exposure associated with:
x Cash and cash equivalents;
x Finance receivables;
x Holding of investment securities; and
x Payments owed to the Group from risk management instruments.
Counterparty credit risk is managed against limits set in the Market Risk Policy including credit exposure on derivative contracts,
bilateral set-off arrangements, cash and cash equivalents and investment securities.
P. 63
23 Credit risk exposure
Credit risk is the risk that a borrower will default on any type of debt by failing to make payments which it is obligated to make.
The risk is primarily that of the lender and includes loss of principal and interest, disruption to cash flows and increased collection
costs.
Credit risk is managed to achieve sustainable risk-reward performance whilst maintaining exposures within acceptable risk
“appetite” parameters. This is achieved through the combination of governance, policies, systems and controls, underpinned by
commercial judgement as described below.
To manage this risk the ERC oversees the formal credit risk management strategy. The ERC reviews the Group's credit risk
exposures typically on a monthly basis. The credit risk management strategies aim to ensure that:
x Credit origination meets agreed levels of credit quality at point of approval;
x Sector concentrations are monitored;
x Maximum total exposure to any one debtor is actively managed;
x Changes to credit risk are actively monitored with regular credit reviews.
The BARC (with the assistance of the HBL Board Risk Committee for New Zealand and the Heartland Australia Group Board for
Australia) also oversees the Group's credit risk exposures to monitor overall risk metrics having regard to risk appetite set by the
Board.
HBL's Board Risk Committee (BRC) has authority for approval of all credit exposures for New Zealand. Lending authority has been
provided by the BRC to HBL's Credit Committee, and to the business units under a detailed Delegated Lending Authority
framework. Application of credit discretions in the business operation are monitored through a defined review and hindsight
structure as outlined in the Credit Risk Oversight Policy. Delegated Lending Authorities are provided to individual officers with
due cognisance of their experience and ability. Larger and higher risk exposures require approval of senior management, the
Credit Committee and ultimately through to HBL's BRC
HBA Board has authority for approval for all credit exposures for HBA and its subsidiaries.
Reverse mortgage loans and negative equity risk
Reverse mortgage loans are a form of mortgage lending designed for the needs of people over 60 years of age. These loans differ
to conventional mortgages in that they typically are not repaid until the borrower ceases to reside in the property. Further,
interest is not required to be paid, it is capitalised into the loan balance and is repayable on termination of the loan. As such,
there are no incoming cash flows and therefore no default risk to manage during the term of the loan. Negative equity risk arises
from the promise by the Group that the maximum repayment amount is limited to the net sale proceeds of the borrowers'
property.
The Group’s exposure to negative equity risk is managed via lending standards specific for this product. In addition to usual
criteria regarding the type, and location, of security property that the Group will accept for reverse mortgage lending, a key
aspect of the Group's policy is that a borrower’s age on origination of the reverse mortgage loan will dictate the loan-to-value
ratio of the reverse mortgage on origination. New Zealand and Australia reverse mortgage lending standards and operations are
well aligned.
P. 64
23 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Business Finance Guarantee Scheme
HBL along with other registered banks in New Zealand, has entered into a Deed of Indemnity with the New Zealand Government
to implement the New Zealand Government's Business Finance Guarantee Scheme (the Scheme). The purpose of the Scheme is to
provide short term credit to eligible small and medium size businesses, who have been impacted by the economic effects of
COVID-19. The scheme allowed banks to lend to a maximum of $5 million for a maximum of five years. The New Zealand
Government will guarantee 80% of any loss incurred (credit risk) with HBL holding the remaining 20%. The Scheme concluded on
30 June 2021. As at 30 June 2024 HBL had a total exposure of $42.2 million (2023: $54.8 million) to its customers under this
Scheme.
North Island Weather Events (NIWE) Loan Guarantee Scheme
On 31 July 2023, HBL entered into a Deed of Indemnity with the New Zealand Government to implement the North Island
Weather Events Loan Guarantee Scheme. The supported loans are intended to assist New Zealand businesses to manage the
impacts of the North Island Weather Events (during Auckland Anniversary weekend 2023). The facility limit for each supported
loan must not exceed $10 million for a maximum of 5 years. The New Zealand Government will guarantee 80% of any loss
incurred (credit risk) with HBL holding the remaining 20%. The Scheme concluded on 30 June 2024. As at 30 June 2024 HBL had
supported loans under this scheme of $33.2 million.
Maximum exposure to credit risk at the relevant reporting dates
The following table represents the maximum credit risk exposure, without taking into account any collateral held. The on balance
sheet exposures set out below are based on net carrying amounts as reported in the statement of financial position.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
On balance sheet:
Cash and cash equivalents 629,619 311,503
Investments 1,092,131 315,192
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost 4,266,946 4,334,214
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 2,897,818 2,403,810
Derivative financial assets 12,316 36,983
Other financial assets 2,534 1,256
Total on balance sheet credit exposures 8,901,364 7,402,958
Off balance sheet:
Letters of credit, guarantee commitments and performance bonds 3,130 7,378
Undrawn facilities available to customers 554,307 435,314
Conditional commitments to fund at future dates 9,947 24,873
Total off balance sheet credit exposures 567,384 467,565
Total credit exposures 9,468,748 7,870,523
Concentration of credit risk by geographic region
$000's June 2024 June 2023
New Zealand 5,806,175 5,540,453
Australia 3,522,266 2,115,332
Rest of the world
1
216,628 268,004
9,545,069 7,923,789
Provision for impairment (76,321) (53,266)
Total credit exposures 9,468,748 7,870,523
1
These overseas assets are primarily NZD-denominated investments in AA+ (Standard & Poor's) and higher rated securities issued by offshore
supranational agencies ("Kauri Bonds").
P. 65
23 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Concentration of credit risk by industry sector
The Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes have been used as the basis for categorising
customer and investee industry sectors.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Agriculture 1,084,889 1,156,042
Forestry and fishing 113,264 130,055
Mining 10,276 8,266
Manufacturing 69,799 80,729
Finance and insurance 1,758,706 817,864
Wholesale trade 40,561 46,053
Retail trade and accommodation 376,927 402,146
Households 4,715,535 4,078,270
Other business services 302,035 198,377
Construction 338,998 336,333
Rental, hiring and real estate services 196,329 205,079
Transport and storage 431,665 359,865
Other 106,085 104,710
9,545,069 7,923,789
Provision for impairment (76,321) (53,266)
Total credit exposures 9,468,748 7,870,523
Credit risk grading
The Group's finance receivables are monitored either by account behaviour (Behavioural portfolio) or a regular assessment of
their credit risk grade based on an objective review of defined risk characteristics (Judgemental portfolio).
The Judgemental portfolio consists mainly of business and rural lending where an on-going and detailed working relationship with
the customer has been developed while the Behavioural portfolio consists of consumer, retail and smaller business receivables.
Judgemental loans are individually risk graded based on loan status, financial information, security and debt servicing ability.
Exposures in the Judgemental portfolio are credit risk graded by an internal risk grading mechanism where grade 1 is the
strongest risk. Grade 8 and grade 9 are the weakest risk grades where a loss is probable. Behavioural loans are managed based on
their arrears status.
All loans past due but not impaired have been categorised into three impairments stages (see Note 13 – Finance receivables
measured at amortised cost) which are in most cases based on arrears status. If a Judgemental loan is risk graded 6 or above it
will be classified as stage 2 as a minimum and carry a provision based on lifetime ECL.
P. 66
23 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Credit risk grading (continued)
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
June 2024
Judgemental portfolio
Grade 1 - Very Strong 183,354 - - - 183,354
Grade 2 - Strong 40,557 - - - 40,557
Grade 3 - Sound 167,230 5,556 536 - 173,322
Grade 4 - Adequate 505,177 14,142 6,940 - 526,259
Grade 5 - Acceptable 977,495 41,505 36,206 - 1,055,206
Grade 6 - Monitor - 120,611 12,028 - 132,639
Grade 7 - Substandard - 47,328 17,225 - 64,553
Grade 8 - Doubtful - - 141 88,549 88,690
Grade 9 - At risk of loss - - 166 6,633 6,799
Total Judgemental portfolio 1,873,813 229,142 73,242 95,182 2,271,379
Total Behavioural portfolio 2,014,630 12,491 43,481 1,286 2,071,888
Gross finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
3,888,443 241,633 116,723 96,468 4,343,267
Provision for impairment (14,361) (5,197) (34,281) (22,482) (76,321)
Total finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
3,874,082 236,436 82,442 73,986 4,266,946
Undrawn facilities available to customers 272,829 1,805 904 - 275,538
June 2023
Judgemental portfolio
Grade 1 - Very Strong 25 - - - 25
Grade 2 - Strong 3,658 - - - 3,658
Grade 3 - Sound 41,887 477 - - 42,364
Grade 4 - Adequate 637,993 9,975 3,477 - 651,445
Grade 5 - Acceptable 1,390,926 5,492 602 - 1,397,020
Grade 6 - Monitor - 64,946 6,763 - 71,709
Grade 7 - Substandard - 76,955 13,725 - 90,680
Grade 8 - Doubtful - - - 51,447 51,447
Grade 9 - At risk of loss - - - 1,671 1,671
Total Judgemental portfolio 2,074,489 157,845 24,567 53,118 2,310,019
Total Behavioural portfolio 1,996,109 24,625 56,727 - 2,077,461
Gross finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
4,070,598 182,470 81,294 53,118 4,387,480
Provision for impairment (13,009) (2,463) (21,499) (16,295) (53,266)
Total finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
4,057,589 180,007 59,795 36,823 4,334,214
Undrawn facilities available to customers 255,174 2,609 86 - 257,869
P. 67
23 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Collateral held
The Group employs a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk and has internal policies on the acceptability of specific
classes of collateral. Collateral is held as security to support credit risk on finance receivables and enforced in satisfying the debt
in the event contractual repayment obligations are not met. The collateral held for mitigating credit risk for the Group’s lending
portfolios is outlined below.
Reverse mortgage and Residential mortgage loans
Reverse mortgage loans are secured by a first mortgage over a residential property which is typically a customer’s primary
residential dwelling, residential investment property or holiday home. Residential mortgage loans are secured by a residential
mortgage over an owner-occupied property located in an approved urban area.
Corporate lending
Business lending including rural lending is typically secured by way of a charge over property and/or specific security agreement
over relevant business assets, and, where considered appropriate, a general security agreement to provide the ability to control
cash flows.
Other lending
Other lending comprises personal loans, primarily motor loans, which are secured by a motor vehicle or a boat; and other shorter
term smaller personal loans which are predominantly unsecured.
The Group analyses the coverage of the loan portfolio which is secured by the collateral it holds.
Coverage is measured by the value of security as a proportion of loan balance outstanding and classified as follows:
Fully secured Greater or equal to 100%
Partially secured 1% - 99.9%
Unsecured No security held
The Group’s loan portfolio have the following coverage from collateral held on credit impaired loans:
Corporate Residential All other
June 2024
Fully secured 47% 100% 69%
Partially secured 37% - 10%
Unsecured 16% - 21%
Total 100% 100% 100%
June 2023
Fully secured 53% 100% 72%
Partially secured 39% - 10%
Unsecured 8% - 18%
Total 100% 100% 100%
P. 68
24 Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due. The timing mismatch of cash
flows and the related liquidity risk in all banking operations are closely monitored by the Group.
Measurement of liquidity risk is designed to ensure that the Group has the ability to generate or obtain sufficient cash in a timely
manner and at a reasonable price to meet its financial commitments on a daily basis.
The Group’s exposure to liquidity risk is governed by a policy approved by the Board and managed by GALCO. This policy sets out
the nature of the risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, which GALCO must observe. Within this, the objective of the
GALCO is to derive the most appropriate strategy for the Group in terms of a mix of assets and liabilities given its expectations of
future cash flows, liquidity constraints and capital adequacy. The GALCO employs asset and liability cash flow modelling to
determine appropriate liquidity and funding strategies.
HBA and its controlled entities manage their own domestic liquidity and funding needs in accordance with HBA’s own liquidity
policy and the policies of the Group. HBA's liquidity policy is also overseen by APRA.
In March 2020, HBL was onboarded by the RBNZ as an approved counterparty and executed a 2011 Global Master Repo
Agreement providing an additional source for intra-day liquidity for the Group if required.
The Group holds the following liquid assets and committed funding sources for the purpose of managing liquidity risk:
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Cash and cash equivalents 629,619 311,503
Investments in debt securities 1,078,656 315,192
Total liquid assets 1,708,275 626,695
Undrawn committed bank facilities 465,600 294,042
Total liquid assets and committed undrawn funding 2,173,875 920,737
P. 69
24 Liquidity risk (continued)
Contractual liquidity profile of financial liabilities
The following tables present the Group's financial liabilities by relevant maturity groupings based upon contractual maturity date.
The amounts disclosed in the tables represent undiscounted future principal and interest cash flows. As a result, the amounts in
the tables below may differ to the amounts reported on the statement of financial position.
The contractual cash flows presented below may differ significantly from actual cash flows. This occurs as a result of future
actions by the Group and its counterparties, such as early repayments or refinancing of term loans and borrowings. Deposits and
other public borrowings include customer savings deposits and transactional accounts, which are at call. These accounts provide a
stable source of long term funding for the Group.
On 0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5 5+
$000's Demand Months Months Years Years Years Total
June 2024
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Deposits 893,531 3,256,750 1,740,935 115,870 95,356 - 6,102,442
Other borrowings - 205,029 305,010 1,304,185 217,942 443,513 2,475,679
Lease liabilities - 2,158 2,212 4,043 10,610 640 19,663
Other financial liabilities - 20,187 - - - - 20,187
Total non-derivative financial liabilities 893,531 3,484,124 2,048,157 1,424,098 323,908 444,153 8,617,971
Derivative financial liabilities
Inflows from derivatives - 20,407 7,570 14,491 30,423 - 72,891
Outflows from derivatives - 22,877 8,750 15,832 31,551 - 79,010
Total derivative financial liabilities - 2,470 1,180 1,341 1,128 - 6,119
Undrawn facilities available to customers 554,307 - - - - - 554,307
June 2023
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Deposits 782,771 2,313,983 1,015,525 62,618 42,186 - 4,217,083
Other borrowings - 220,675 575,087 918,506 822,614 330,353 2,867,235
Lease liabilities - 1,489 1,501 2,875 7,046 2,731 15,642
Other financial liabilities - 43,254 - - - - 43,254
Total non-derivative financial liabilities 782,771 2,579,401 1,592,113 983,999 871,846 333,084 7,143,214
Derivative financial liabilities
Inflows from derivatives - 3,583 3,552 4,799 13,469 - 25,403
Outflows from derivatives - 6,644 6,796 5,773 13,125 - 32,338
Total derivative financial liabilities - 3,061 3,244 974 (344) - 6,935
Undrawn facilities available to customers 435,314 - - - - - 435,314
P. 70
25 Interest rate risk
The Group's market risk is derived primarily of exposure to interest rate risk, predominantly from raising funds through the retail
and wholesale deposit market, the debt capital markets and committed and uncommitted bank funding, securitisation of
receivables and offering loan finance products to the commercial and consumer market in New Zealand and Australia.
The Group’s exposure to market risk is governed by a policy approved by the Board and managed by the GALCO. This policy sets
out the nature of risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, and the GALCO must conform to this. The objective of the
GALCO is to derive the most appropriate strategy for the Group in terms of the mix of assets and liabilities given its expectations
of the future and the potential consequences of interest rate movements, liquidity constraints and capital adequacy.
The objective of the Group’s interest rate risk policies is to limit underlying net profit after tax (NPAT) volatility. The measurement
comprises net interest income the Group generates from its interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities.
The exposure to net interest income comes from a reduction in margins on interest earning assets or interest bearing liabilities
and is managed when setting rates by taking into consideration wholesale rates, liquidity premiums, as well as appropriate
lending credit margins.
Sensitivity to interest rates arises from mismatches in the interest rate characteristics of interest bearing assets and the
corresponding liability funding. One of the main causes of these mismatches is timing differences in the repricing of assets and
liabilities. These mismatches are actively managed as part of the overall interest rate risk management process in accordance with
the Group's policy.
An analysis of the Group's sensitivity is based on the values of the interest bearing assets and liabilities as at the reporting date,
and measures the prospective impact on the net profit after tax and equity from movements in market interest rates by 100 basis
points (BP), presented in the below table:
$000's
Impact on
NPAT
Impact on
equity
Impact on
NPAT
Impact on
equity
As at 30 June 2024 As at 30 June 2023
Market interest rates - 100 basis points increase 255 255 120 120
Market interest rates - 100 basis points decrease (255) (255) (120) (120)
The Group also manages interest rate risk by:
x Monitoring maturity profiles and seeking to match the re-pricing of assets and liabilities;
x Monitoring interest rates daily and regularly (at least monthly) reviewing interest rate exposures; and
x Entering into derivatives to hedge against movements in interest rates.
P. 71
25 Interest rate risk (continued)
Contractual repricing analysis
The interest rate risk profile of financial assets and liabilities that follows has been prepared on the basis of maturity or next
repricing date, whichever is earlier.
Non-
0-3 3-6 6-12 1-2 2+ Interest
$000's Months Months Months Years Years Bearing Total
June 2024
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 629,619 - - - - - 629,619
Investments 4,461 605,518 154,873 57,641 256,163 13,475 1,092,131
Derivative financial assets - - - - - 12,316 12,316
Finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
1,869,269 393,187 589,162 797,035 618,293 - 4,266,946
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 2,897,818 - - - - - 2,897,818
Other financial assets - - - - - 2,534 2,534
Total financial assets 5,401,167 998,705 744,035 854,676 874,456 28,325 8,901,364
Financial liabilities
Deposits 2,733,266 1,334,469 1,659,617 109,708 73,864 38,192 5,949,116
Other borrowings 1,883,541 - - - 157,222 - 2,040,763
Derivative financial liabilities - - - - - 9,017 9,017
Lease liabilities - - - - - 17,776 17,776
Other financial liabilities - - - - - 20,187 20,187
Total financial liabilities 4,616,807 1,334,469 1,659,617 109,708 231,086 85,172 8,036,859
Effect of derivatives held for risk
management
1,219,913 (145,235) (277,771) (405,932) (390,975) - -
Net financial assets/(liabilities) 2,004,273 (480,999) (1,193,353) 339,036 252,395 (56,847) 864,505
P. 72
25 Interest rate risk (continued)
Contractual repricing analysis (continued)
Non-
0-3 3-6 6-12 1-2 2+ Interest
$000's Months Months Months Years Years Bearing Total
June 2023
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 311,499 - - - - 4 311,503
Investments 29,828 24,963 37,767 55,460 167,174 15,048 330,240
Derivative financial assets - - - - - 36,983 36,983
Finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
1,891,666 382,923 601,344 767,933 690,348 - 4,334,214
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 2,403,810 - - - - - 2,403,810
Other financial assets - - - - - 1,256 1,256
Total financial assets 4,636,803 407,886 639,111 823,393 857,522 53,291 7,418,006
Financial liabilities
Deposits 2,269,837 795,536 962,205 59,026 35,216 9,205 4,131,025
Other borrowings 1,918,311 49,598 393,072 - 135,394 - 2,496,375
Derivative financial liabilities - - - - - 7,624 7,624
Lease liabilities - - - - - 14,287 14,287
Other financial liabilities - - - - - 43,254 43,254
Total financial liabilities 4,188,148 845,134 1,355,277 59,026 170,610 74,370 6,692,565
Effect of derivatives held for risk
management
1,084,971 (66,798) (41,181) (556,676) (420,316) - -
Net financial assets/(liabilities) 1,533,626 (504,046) (757,347) 207,691 266,596 (21,079) 725,441
The tables above illustrate the periods in which the cash flows from interest rate swaps are expected to occur and affect profit or
loss.
P. 73
Other Disclosures
26 Significant subsidiaries
Country of
incorporation
and place of
business
Proportion of ownership
and voting power held
Significant subsidiaries Nature of business June 2024 June 2023
Heartland Bank Limited New Zealand Bank 100% 100%
VPS Properties Limited New Zealand Investment property holding company 100% 100%
Marac Insurance Limited New Zealand Insurance services 100% 100%
Heartland Bank Australia Limited
1
Australia Bank 100%
-
Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited Australia Financial services 100% 100%
Heartland Australia Group Pty Limited Australia Financial services 100% 100%
Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited Australia Management services 100% 100%
StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Limited Australia Financial services 100% 100%
StockCo Australia Management Pty Limited Australia Management services 100% 100%
1
Heartland Bank Australia Limited (HBA) is the current legal name of CBL acquired by HBL on 30 April 2024. Refer to Significant events section in
Note 1 - Financial statements preparation and Note 19 - Acquisition for further details.
27 Structured entities
A structured entity is one which has been designed such that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who
controls the entity. Structured entities are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective such as the securitisation or
holding of particular assets, or the execution of a specific borrowing or lending transaction. Structured entities are consolidated
where the substance of the relationship is that the Group controls the structured entity.
(a) Heartland Cash and Term PIE Fund (Heartland PIE Fund)
The Group controls the operations of the Heartland PIE Fund which is a portfolio investment entity that invests in the Group's
deposits. Investments of Heartland PIE Fund are represented as follows:
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Deposits 389,388 244,258
(b) Heartland Auto Receivable Warehouse Trust 2018-1 (HARWT)
HARWT securitises motor vehicle loan receivables as a source of funding.
The Group continues to recognise the securitised assets and associated borrowings in the statement of financial position as the
Group remains exposed to and has the ability to affect variable returns from those assets and liabilities. Although the Group
recognises those interests in HARWT, the loans sold to HARWT are set aside for the benefit of investors in HARWT. Other
depositors and lenders to the Group have no recourse to those assets.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Cash and cash equivalents 43,646 16,874
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost 540,075 254,735
Other borrowings (550,144) (258,256)
P. 74
27 Structured entities (continued)
(c) Seniors Warehouse Trust, Seniors Warehouse Trust No.2 (together the SWT Trusts) and Australian Seniors Finance
Settlement Trust (ASF Trust)
SWT Trusts and ASF Trust (collectively the Trusts) form part of Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited (ASF) reverse mortgage
business and were set up by ASF as asset holding entities. The Trustee for the Trusts is ASF Custodians Pty Limited, and the Trust
Manager is ASF. The reverse mortgage loans held by the Trusts are set aside for the benefit of the investors in the Trusts. The
balances of SWT Trusts and ASF Trust are represented as follows:
$000's June 2024
1
June 2023
Cash and cash equivalents 68,316 29,392
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 852,119 1,371,110
Other borrowings (787,373) (1,124,835)
1
Senior Warehouse Trust (SWT) total borrowings balance was fully repaid upon the sale of its finance receivables - reverse mortgages portfolio to
HBA on 24 April 2024, followed by the cancellation of the A$600 million facility limit, effective 1 May 2024. SWT had $5.2 mi
llion of residual
assets and nil liabilities on its balance sheet as at 30 June 2024.
(d) Atlas 2020-1 Trust (Atlas Trust)
Atlas Trust was set up on 11 September 2020 as part of ASF's reverse mortgage business similar to the existing SWT Trusts and
ASF Trust. The Trustee for the Trust is BNY Trust Company of Australia Limited and the Trust Manager is ASF. The balances of Atlas
Trust are represented as follows:
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Cash and cash equivalents 16,322 11,684
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 152,156 144,099
Other borrowings (144,635) (143,353)
(e) StockCo Securitisation Trust 2022-1
StockCo Securitisation Trust 2022-1 was set up on 31 May 2022 as part of StockCo Australia's livestock business. The Trustee for
the Trust is AMAL Trustees Pty Limited and the Trust Manager is AMAL Management Services Pty Limited. The balances of
StockCo Securitisation Trust 2022-1 are represented as follows:
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Cash and cash equivalents 47,704 39,089
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost 171,960 365,130
Other borrowings (211,046) (365,823)
P. 75
28 Staff share ownership arrangements
The Group operates a share-based compensation plan that issues tranches of performance rights from time to time that are
equity settled. The plan contains clauses which provide the Board with absolute discretion to moderate the awards to ensure an
equitable outcome for both the recipients and Heartland shareholders. This discretion means there can be no shared
understanding of the terms and conditions of the arrangement between participants and the company until finalisation of an
award. The fair value of each tranche shall be measured at grant date, which in the absence of shared understanding is deemed
to be each reporting date for the respective tranches until such time grant date has been established.
The fair value is determined using a Monte Carlo option pricing model developed by an independent third party expert at each
reporting date.
Each tranche contains a total shareholder return (TSR) measure which is a gate opener to consideration of achievement of other
performance measures. At the end of each reporting period the Group revises its estimate of the value of performance rights
based on its probability of attaining an equitable TSR and number of equity instruments expected to vest.
The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects
the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to the employee benefits reserve.
(a) Share-based compensation plan details
Heartland performance rights plan (PR plan)
The PR plan was established to enhance the alignment of participants' interests with those of the Group’s shareholders. Under
the PR plan participants are issued performance rights which will entitle them to receive shares in the Group. As at June 2024,
there were 4 active tranches being 2024 (CEOs), 2024 (non-CEOs), 2025 (CEOs) and 2025 (non-CEOs). All tranches are subject to
the existing rules of the PR plan.
The 2023 tranche fully vested in September 2023 as per the original expectation and on the basis that the Group achieved its
financial measures, strategic objectives and culture and conduct objectives over the period commencing 1 July 2020 and ending
on 30 June 2023. On vesting, 1,275,194 performance rights were converted into ordinary shares, contributing a $765,116
decrease in the Employee benefits reserve.
2024 (CEOs) tranche
The performance rights were issued subject to the participants’ continued employment with the Group until the measurement
date and the Group achieving its financial measures, strategic objectives and culture and conduct objectives, over the period
commencing 1 July 2020 and ending on 30 June 2024. The targets are dynamic and may be adjusted by the Board from time to
time in order to account for unanticipated capital changes during the performance period. The measurement date is the business
days following the date on which the Group announces its full year results for the financial year ended 2024.
The 2024 (CEOs) tranche includes the performance rights originally issued to the CEOs under the 2023 tranche but whose
measurement period was subsequently modified to be from 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2024. There have been no other changes in
plan terms or rules.
2024 (non-CEOs) tranche and 2025 (CEOs) tranche
Performance rights were issued for period commencing 1 July 2021 and ending on 30 June 2024 and 30 June 2025 respectively.
The tranche rules have been aligned with the 2023 tranche and 2024 (CEOs) tranche. Measures are tested on the business day
after the announcement of full year results for the financial years ended 30 June 2024 and 30 June 2025 respectively.
2025 (non-CEOs) tranche
Performance rights were issued for the period commencing 1 July 2022 and ending on 30 June 2025. The tranche rules have been
aligned with the 2023 tranche and 2024 (non-CEOs) tranche. Measures are tested on the business day after the announcement of
full year results for the financial year ended 30 June 2025.
P. 76
28 Staff share ownership arrangements (continued)
(a) Share-based compensation plan details (continued)
June 2024 June 2023
PR Plan PR Plan
Number of Number of
Rights Rights
Opening balance 7,853,640 8,801,096
Vested (1,275,194) (2,250,625)
Issued - 1,717,909
Forfeited (160,970) (414,740)
Closing balance 6,417,476 7,853,640
(b) Effect of share-based payment transactions
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Award of Shares
PR Plan (2,816) 105
Total (income) / expense recognised (2,816) 105
The fair value of each tranche of performance rights issued under the PR Plan were measured at nil as at 30 June 2024 based on
the TSR performance of each respective tranche from its commencement date (2023: $2.2 million).
As at 30 June 2024 nil share scheme awards remain unvested and not expensed.
(c) Number of rights outstanding
June 2024 June 2023
Rights Remaining Rights Remaining
Outstanding Years Outstanding Years
PR Plan - 2023 - - 1,275 -
PR Plan - 2024 3,548 - 3,548 1
PR Plan - 2025 2,869 1 3,031 2
Total 6,417 7,854
P. 77
29 Securitisation, funds management and other fiduciary activities
Funds management and other fiduciary activities
The Group, through Heartland PIE Fund Limited, controls, manages and administers the Heartland PIE Fund and its products
(Heartland Call PIE and Heartland Term Deposit PIE). Refer to Note 27 - Structured entities for further details. The Heartland PIE
Fund deals with HBL in the normal course of business, in the HBL's capacity as Registrar of the Fund and also invests in HBL's
deposits. The Group is considered to control the Heartland PIE Fund, and as such the Heartland PIE Fund is consolidated within
the financial statements of the Group.
30 Concentrations of funding
(a) Concentration of funding by industry
The Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes have been used as the basis for categorising
customer and investee industry sectors.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Agriculture 104,818 113,341
Forestry and fishing 18,745 21,944
Mining 178 291
Manufacturing 17,698 19,185
Finance and insurance 2,542,298 3,012,700
Wholesale trade 10,207 7,634
Retail trade and accommodation 30,410 25,136
Households 5,025,700 3,215,828
Rental, hiring and real estate services 101,495 59,720
Construction 28,914 36,868
Other business services 65,790 66,763
Transport and storage 6,512 7,807
Other 37,114 40,183
Total borrowings 7,989,879 6,627,400
(b) Concentration of funding by geographical area
$000's June 2024 June 2023
New Zealand 4,921,410 4,634,934
Australia 3,005,336 1,905,300
Rest of the world 63,133 87,166
Total borrowings 7,989,879 6,627,400
P. 78
31 Offsetting financial instruments
The Group offsets financial assets and financial liabilities and reports the net balance in the balance sheet where there is currently
a legally enforceable right to set off and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability
simultaneously.
The Group enters into contractual arrangements with counterparties to manage the credit risks associated primarily with over-
the-counter derivatives. The Group has entered into credit support annexes (CSAs) which form a part of International Swaps and
Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreement, in respect of certain exposures relating to derivative transactions. As per these
CSAs, the Group or the counterparty needs to collateralise the market value of outstanding derivative transactions. As at 30 June
2024, the Group has received $2.38 million of cash collateral (2023: $27.61 million) against derivative assets. Cash collateral
includes amounts of cash obtained to cover the net exposure between the counterparty in the event of default or insolvency. The
cash collateral received is not netted off against the balance of derivative assets disclosed in the consolidated statement of
financial position; and is disclosed within trade and other payables.
The following table sets out financial assets and financial liabilities which have not been offset but are subject to enforceable
master netting agreements (or similar arrangements) and the related amounts not offset in the balance sheet. Financial
instruments refer to amounts that are subject to relevant close out netting arrangements under a relevant ISDA agreement. ISDA
and similar master netting arrangements do not meet the criteria for offsetting in the statement of financial position because
under such agreements the counterparties typically have the right to offset only following an event of default, insolvency or
bankruptcy or following other pre-determined events.
Effects of offsetting on the balance sheet Related amounts not offset
Gross amount
set off in
balance sheet
Net amounts
reported in the
balance sheet
Financial
instruments
Cash
Gross
collateral
Net
amount $000's
amounts
received
June 2024
Derivative financial assets 12,316 - 12,316 (9,017) (2,384) 915
Total financial assets 12,316 - 12,316 (9,017) (2,384) 915
Derivative financial liabilities 9,017 - 9,017 (9,017) - -
Total financial liabilities 9,017 - 9,017 (9,017) - -
June 2023
Derivative financial assets 36,983 - 36,983 (7,624) (27,609) 1,750
Total financial assets 36,983 - 36,983 (7,624) (27,609) 1,750
Derivative financial liabilities 7,624 - 7,624 (7,624) - -
Total financial liabilities 7,624 - 7,624 (7,624) - -
P. 79
32 Contingent liabilities and commitments
The Group in the ordinary course of business will be subject to claims and proceedings against it whereby the validity of the claim
will only be confirmed by uncertain future events. In such circumstances the contingent liabilities are possible obligations, or
present obligations if known, where the transfer of economic benefit is uncertain or cannot be reliably measured. Contingent
liabilities are not recognised, but are disclosed, unless they are remote. Where some loss is probable, provisions have been made
on a case by case basis.
Contingent liabilities and credit related commitments arising in respect of the Group's operations were:
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Letters of credit, guarantee commitments and performance bonds 3,130 7,378
Total contingent liabilities 3,130 7,378
Undrawn facilities available to customers 554,307 435,314
Conditional commitments to fund at future dates 9,947 24,873
Total commitments 564,254 460,187
33 Events after reporting date
The Group approved a fully imputed final dividend of ϯ cents per share on 28 August 2024.
There were no other events subsequent to the reporting period which would materially affect the financial statements.
Independent auditor’s report
To the shareholders of Heartland Group Holdings Limited
Our opinion
In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of Heartland Group Holdings Limited (the
Company), including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Group as at 30 June 2024, its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then
ended in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards
(NZ IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Standards Accounting Standards (IFRS Accounting
Standards).
What we have audited
The Group's financial statements comprise:
●the statement of financial position as at 30 June 2024;
●the statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;
●the statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;
●the statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and
●the notes to the financial statements, comprising material accounting policy information and other
explanatory information.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs
(NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are
further described in theAuditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statementssection of our
report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1International
Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New
Zealand)(PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the
International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence
Standards)issued by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and we
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
Our firm carries out other services for the Group. These services are audit and assurance related
services for the Group comprising: assurance over insurance solvency, supervisor reporting, registry
audits and greenhouse gas emissions reporting. Other services include the provision of an executive
reward survey report. In addition, certain partners and employees of our firm may deal with the Group
on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities. The provision of these other services
and these relationships have not impaired our independence as auditor of the Group.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in
our audit of the financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context
of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not
provide a separate opinion on these matters.
PricewaterhouseCoopers, PwC Tower, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand
T: +64 9 355 8000, www.pwc.co.nz
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Provision for impairment of finance
receivables
As disclosed in note 13 of the financial
statements, the impairment allowance
totalled $76.3 million at 30 June 2024.
For the determination of the collectively
assessed impairment allowance, this
requires the use of credit risk
methodologies that are applied in models
using the Group’s historical experience of
the correlations between defaults and
losses, borrower creditworthiness,
segmentation of customers or portfolios
and economic conditions. The
assumptions we focused our audit on
included those with greater levels of
management judgement and for which
variations have the most significant
impact on the impairment allowance.
For finance receivables that meet specific
risk based criteria, the impairment
allowance is individually assessed by the
Group. These impairment allowances are
measured using probability weighted
scenarios which are intended to reflect a
range of reasonably possible outcomes,
and incorporate assumptions such as
estimated future cash proceeds expected
to be recovered from the realisation of
security held as collateral by the Group.
We considered this a key audit matter due
to the significant inherent estimation
uncertainty present in the determination of
the impairment allowance.
We obtained an understanding of control activities
over the Group’s impairment allowance, and for
relevant control activities assessed whether they are
appropriately designed. For controls relevant to our
planned audit approach, we tested, on a sample
basis, whether they operated effectively throughout
the financial year.
In addition, we, along with our credit risk modelling
expert, performed the following procedures, amongst
others, on a targeted or sample basis, on the Group’s
collectively assessed impairment allowance:
●Assessed the appropriateness of the methodology
inherent in the models used against the
requirements of NZ IFRS 9Financial Instruments;
●Challenged and assessed the appropriateness of
the collectively assessed impairment allowance
inclusive of the impacts of any post model
adjustments;
●Challenged management’s modelling outcomes
using a range of what we consider reasonably
possible assumptions to assess the collectively
assessed impairment allowance; and
●Tested the completeness and accuracy of critical
data elements used in the calculations.
With respect to individually assessed impairment
allowances we:
●For a sample of business and rural loans not
identified as impaired, considered the borrowers
latest information available to the Group to assess
the credit risk grade rating allocated to the
borrower as to whether the borrower could be
identified as impaired, a critical data element which
involves significant management judgement; and
●For loans where an impairment allowance was
individually assessed, we considered the
borrower's latest financial information, value of
security held as collateral and probability weighted
scenario outcomes (where applicable) to test the
basis of measuring the impairment allowance.
We also considered the impacts of events occurring
subsequent to balance date on the impairment
allowances.
We also assessed the reasonableness of the
disclosures against the requirements of the
accounting standards.
PwC81
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Fair value of finance receivables -
reverse mortgages
The Group’s fair value of finance
receivables – reverse mortgages
(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9
billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in
note 21 of the financial statements.
Reverse mortgages are held at fair value
through profit or loss.
The Group records the estimated fair
value of the Reverse mortgages at
transaction price (cash advanced plus
accrued capitalised interest) on the
basis that no reliable fair value can be
estimated as there is no relevant active
market and the fair value cannot be
reliably estimated using other valuation
techniques as permitted under the
accounting standards.
To assess whether the transaction price
remains an appropriate proxy for fair
value, the Group considers the impact
on discounted future cash flows of
changes in the risk profile and
expectations of performance since
origination, including possible outflows
under the no negative equity guarantee
provided by the Group to the borrower.
High interest rates and volatility in house
prices, combined with the economic
outlook, increases the possibility of
outflows under the no negative equity
guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this
to be a key audit matter.
Our audit procedures included assessing the design
and implementation of controls relating to the
Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse
mortgages.
In addition, our audit procedures included:
●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s
approach to estimating the fair value based on the
transaction price against the requirements of the
accounting standards;
●Assessing whether there was evidence of a
relevant active market or observable inputs in
which to establish fair value using a market
approach;
●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess
the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted
future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,
including any expected outflows under the no
negative equity guarantee and comparing this to
the transaction price of Reverse mortgages
(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall
(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value
was overstated);
●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a
sample of critical data elements used as inputs to
the value of discounted future cash flows;
●Assessing the reasonableness of key
assumptions (such as future house prices,
voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future
interest rates) used in the value of discounted
future cash flows; and
●Considering the appropriateness of the
disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements
against the requirements of the accounting
standards.
PwC82
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Heartland Bank Australia Limited
group of cash generating units (CGUs)
goodwill impairment assessment
The carrying amount of the Heartland
Bank Australia Limited group of CGUs
goodwill as at 30 June 2024, as disclosed
in note 18 of the financial statements,
amounted to $178.9 million.
The carrying value of goodwill is a key
audit matter as it is a significant intangible
asset in the Group’s statement of financial
position. At balance date an impairment
assessment is required which uses an
estimate of the recoverable amount that is
dependent on future earnings.
With the Group’s acquisition of Challenger
Bank Limited (subsequently renamed
Heartland Bank Australia Limited),
reorganisation of the Heartland Australia
Holdings Limited business into Heartland
Bank Australia Limited and changes in the
way in which goodwill is monitored
internally, judgement is applied in respect
of the determination of the group of
CGU’s at which impairment is assessed.
The Group used the Fair Value Less Cost
to Sell (FVLCS) approach to determine
the recoverable amount of the Heartland
Bank Australia Limited group of CGUs.
FVLCS is based on a price-earnings
multiples approach using forecast
earnings for the next twelve months
(FY25 forecast earnings).
The assumptions used in the FVLCS are:
●Price-earnings multiple; and
●FY25 forecast earnings.
We held discussions with management to understand
the assumptions used in the determination of the
group of CGUs and the goodwill impairment
assessment.
Our audit procedures also included the following:
●Assessing judgements made in respect of the
determination of the group of CGUs, taking into
account the reorganisation of the Group’s
Australian business in the current year;
●Obtaining an understanding of the business
processes and controls applied by management
in performing the impairment assessment;
●Assessing the appropriateness of using a FVLCS
approach against the requirements of the
accounting standards;
●Engaging our internal valuation expert to assess
management's valuation methodology and key
assumptions, including comparable price-earnings
multiples;
●Obtaining evidence of the FY25 forecast earnings
approved by the Board and assessing the
reasonableness of key inputs including lending
growth, interest yields, funding mix, cost of funds
and expenses;
●Reviewing publicly available information on
analyst forecasts of FY25 forecast earnings;
●Testing the mathematical accuracy of the FY25
forecast earnings;
●Obtaining and evaluating management’s
sensitivity analyses to ascertain the impact of
reasonably possible changes in key assumptions
on the recoverable amount; and
●Considering the appropriateness of the
disclosures in note 18 of the financial statements
against the requirements of the accounting
standards.
PwC83
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Operation of financial reporting
information technology (IT) systems
and controls
The Group’s operations and financial
reporting processes are dependent on IT
systems for the capture, processing,
storage and extraction of significant
volumes of transactions which is critical
to the recording of financial information
and the preparation of the Group’s
financial statements. In addition, the
Group upgraded its New Zealand core
banking system in the current year.
Accordingly, we consider this to be a key
audit matter.
In common with other groups with
banking subsidiaries, access
management controls are important to
ensure both access and changes made
to applications and data are appropriate.
Ensuring that only appropriate staff have
access to IT systems, that the level of
access itself is appropriate, and that
access is periodically monitored, are key
controls in mitigating the potential for
fraud or error as a result of a change to
an application or underlying data.
The Group’s controls over IT systems
are intended to ensure that:
●changes to existing systems operate
as intended and are authorised;
●access to process transactions or
change data is appropriate and
maintains an intended segregation of
duties;
●the use of privileged access to
systems and data is restricted and
monitored; and
●IT processing is approved and where
issues arise they are resolved.
For material financial statement transactions and
balances, our procedures included obtaining an
understanding of the business processes, IT systems
used to generate and support those transactions and
balances, associated IT application controls, and IT
dependencies in manual controls.
This involved assessing, where relevant to the audit:
●change management: the processes and controls
used to develop, test and authorise changes to
the functionality and configurations within
systems;
●security: the access controls designed to enforce
segregation of duties, govern the use of generic
and privileged accounts, or ensure that data is
only changed through authorised means; and
●IT operations: the controls over certain IT batch
processes used to ensure that any issues that
arise are managed appropriately.
In addition to the above, our audit procedures around
the upgrade of the New Zealand core banking system
included the following:
●assessing management’s governance over and
methodology applied for the system upgrade;
●testing the design and operating effectiveness of
key controls over the system development life
cycle; and
●testing the completeness and accuracy of
financial data migrated to the upgraded core
banking system.
Where relevant to our planned audit approach, we,
along with our IT specialists, evaluated and tested
the design and operating effectiveness of certain
controls over the continued integrity of IT systems
that are relevant to financial reporting.
We also carried out tests, on a sample basis, of IT
application controls that were key to our audit testing
strategy in order to assess the accuracy of relevant
system calculations, automated controls and the
operation of certain system enforced access controls.
Where we identified design or operating
effectiveness matters relating to IT systems and
application controls relevant to our audit, we
performed alternative or additional audit procedures.
PwC84
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Accounting for the acquisition of
Challenger Bank Limited
As disclosed in note 19 of the financial
statements, the Group acquired
Challenger Bank Limited on 30 April
2024 for a total cash consideration of
$126.6 million. The fair value of certain
assets and liabilities arising from the
acquisition have been determined on a
provisional basis as any completion
adjustments will be finalised within 12
months of the acquisition date. As a
result of this acquisition, the Group has
recognised provisional goodwill on
acquisition of $23.2 million.
We consider this acquisition to be a key
audit matter due to:
●the significance of the acquisition to
the Group;
●judgements made in the provisional
fair value assessment of assets and
liabilities arising from the acquisition
of Challenger Bank Limited; and
●the appropriateness of including
within the cash consideration the
additional payments made to
Challenger Limited in respect of the
deposit raising programme and
increased capital.
Our audit procedures included:
●Reading the Sale and Purchase Agreement (and
any subsequent amendments) to understand key
terms and conditions of the acquisition;
●Gaining an understanding of the valuation
approach and methodology undertaken by
management to identify separately identifiable
intangible assets against the criteria in the
accounting standards and fair value of assets
and liabilities acquired;
●Obtaining and reading the identification of
intangible assets report prepared by
management’s external expert for the acquisition
of Challenger Bank Limited;
●Agreeing the cash consideration to supporting
documentation. This included assessing the
appropriateness of including in the cash
consideration the additional payments made to
the vendor relating to the deposit raising
programme and increased capital;
●Performing an audit of the provisional acquisition
balance sheet; and
●Recalculating the provisional purchase price
allocation and resulting provisional goodwill as a
result of the fair value of acquired assets and
liabilities of Challenger Bank Limited.
We also assessed the disclosures made in note 19 of
the financial statements against the requirements of
the accounting standards.
PwC85
Our audit approach
Overview
The overall group materiality is $5.4 million, which represents approximately
5% of profit before tax.
We chose profit before tax as the benchmark because, in our view, it is the
benchmark against which the performance of the Group is most commonly
measured by users, and is a generally accepted benchmark.
Following our assessment of the risk of material misstatement, full scope
audits were performed for two (NZ Banking Group and Australia Banking
Group) of the three identified components based on their financial
significance. Specified audit procedures and analytical review procedures
were performed on the remaining component (the Company).
As reported above, we have five key audit matters, being:
●Provision for impairment of finance receivables
●Fair value of finance receivables - reverse mortgages
●Heartland Bank Australia Limited group of cash generating units (CGUs)
goodwill impairment assessment
●Operation of financial reporting information technology (IT) systems and
controls
●Accounting for the acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material
misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we considered where management made
subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved
making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits,
we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including among other
matters, consideration of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of material
misstatement due to fraud.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. An audit is designed to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.
Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on
the basis of the financial statements.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds for materiality,
including the overall Group materiality for the financial statements as a whole as set out above. These,
together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit, the nature,
timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually
and in aggregate, on the financial statements as a whole.
How we tailored our group audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide an opinion
on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting
processes and controls, and the industries in which the Group operates.
PwC86
We performed a full scope audit of the Group’s two financially significant components. The full scope
audit of the Australia Banking Group component was performed by:
●a foreign non-PwC firm operating under our instructions for which we obtained a specified scope
audit opinion; and
●the remaining balances and transactions not included in the foreign non-PwC firms specific scope
audit was audited by us.
Our involvement with the foreign non-PwC firm auditing the Australia Banking Group component
included the following:
●issued Group audit instructions;
●meeting with the component audit team and reviewing their audit findings;
●inspecting audit working papers;
●attending key management and audit committee meetings; and
●maintaining regular communication throughout the audit and appropriately directing their audit.
Specified audit procedures and analytical review procedures were performed on the remaining
component
.
By performing these procedures, together with the procedures performed on the consolidation and
intercompany eliminations, we have obtained sufficient and appropriate audit evidence regarding the
financial information of the Group to provide a basis for our opinion on the Group’s financial
statements.
Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the
information included in the Annual Report (but does not include the financial statements and our
auditor's report thereon) and the Heartland Climate Report 2024. The Annual Report and Heartland
Climate Report 2024 are expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor's report.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we will not express
any form of audit opinion or assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially
misstated.
When we read the other information not yet received, if we conclude that there is a material
misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to the Directors and use our
professional judgement to determine the appropriate action to take.
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
The Directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair presentation of
the financial statements in accordance with NZ IFRS and IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such
internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the
going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
PwC87
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements, as a whole,
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that
an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (NZ) and ISAs will always detect a material misstatement
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users
taken on the basis of these financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located at the
External Reporting Board’s website at:
https://www.xrb.govt.nz/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1/
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Who we report to
This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit work has been
undertaken so that we might state those matters which we are required to state to them in an auditor’s
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our
audit work, for this report or for the opinions we have formed.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Karen Shires.
For and on behalf of:
Chartered AccountantsAuckland, New Zealand
28 August 2024
PwC88
---
Disclosure
Statement
For the year ended 30 June 2024
Contents
Page
General Information........................................................................................................................................................... 1
Priority of Creditors’ Claims............................................................................................................................................. 1
Guarantee Arrangements................................................................................................................................................... 1
Pending Proceedings.......................................................................................................................................................... 1
Auditor.................................................................................................................................................................................. 1
Directors............................................................................................................................................................................... 2
Directors’ Statements......................................................................................................................................................... 4
Statement of Comprehensive Income............................................................................................................................. 5
Statement of Changes in Equity....................................................................................................................................... 6
Statement of Financial Position....................................................................................................................................... 7
Statement of Cash Flows.................................................................................................................................................. 8
Notes to the Financial Statements
1 Financial statements preparation........................................................................................................................ 10
Performance
2 Segmental analysis................................................................................................................................................. 16
3 Net interest income................................................................................................................................................ 18
4 Net operating lease income................................................................................................................................... 19
5 Other income........................................................................................................................................................... 20
6 Operating expenses................................................................................................................................................. 21
7 Compensation of auditor....................................................................................................................................... 22
8 Impaired asset expense.......................................................................................................................................... 23
9 Taxation.................................................................................................................................................................... 23
Financial Position
10 Investments............................................................................................................................................................ 25
11 Derivative financial instruments.......................................................................................................................... 26
12 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost............................................................................................. 31
13 Operating lease vehicles........................................................................................................................................ 31
14 Borrowings.............................................................................................................................................................. 32
15 Share capital and dividends.................................................................................................................................. 35
16 Other reserves........................................................................................................................................................ 36
17 Other balance sheet items.................................................................................................................................... 37
18 Acquisition............................................................................................................................................................... 40
19 Related party transactions and balances............................................................................................................ 43
20 Fair value................................................................................................................................................................. 46
Risk Management
21 Enterprise risk management................................................................................................................................. 52
22 Credit risk exposure............................................................................................................................................... 57
23 Asset quality............................................................................................................................................................ 62
24 Liquidity risk............................................................................................................................................................ 71
25 Interest rate risk..................................................................................................................................................... 73
26 Concentrations of funding.................................................................................................................................... 76
Other Disclosures
27 Significant subsidiaries.......................................................................................................................................... 77
28 Structured Entities................................................................................................................................................. 77
29 Capital adequacy and regulatory liquidity ratios............................................................................................... 79
30 Securitisation, funds management, other fiduciary activities....................................................................... 89
31 Offsetting financial instruments......................................................................................................................... 91
32 Contingent liabilities and commitments............................................................................................................ 92
33 Events after reporting date.................................................................................................................................. 92
Auditor’s Reports............................................................................................................................................................... 93
Historical Summary of the Financial Statements............................................................................................................ 105
New Zealand Banking Group disclosures...................................................................................................................... 106
Amendments to Conditions of Registration.................................................................................................................... 117
Conditions of Registration................................................................................................................................................. 120
Conditions of Registration – Non Compliance............................................................................................................... 130
Credit Ratings...................................................................................................................................................................... 131
Other Material Matters...................................................................................................................................................... 131
P. 1
General Information
This Disclosure Statement has been issued by Heartland Bank Limited (HBL or the Bank) and its subsidiaries (the Banking Group)
for the year ended 30 June 2024 in accordance with the Registered Bank Disclosure Statements (New Zealand Incorporated
Registered Banks) Order 2014 (as amended) (the Order). The financial statements of the Banking Group for the year ended 30
June 2024 form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, this Disclosure Statement.
Words and phrases defined by the Order have the same meanings when used in this Disclosure Statement.
Name and address for service
The name of the Registered Bank is Heartland Bank Limited.
The Banking Group consists of the Bank and all of its subsidiaries.
The Bank's address for service is Level 3, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland 1023.
The address for service of the ultimate parent, Heartland Group Holdings Limited (HGH), is Level 3, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket,
Auckland 1023.
Details of incorporation
The Bank was incorporated under the Companies Act 1993 on 30 September 2010.
Interests in 5% or more of voting securities of the Bank
Name Percentage held
Heartland Group Holdings Limited 100%
Heartland Group Holdings Limited has the ability to appoint 100% of Directors, subject to Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ)
restrictions and RBNZ Director approval.
Priority of Creditors' Claims
In the event of the Bank becoming insolvent or ceasing business, certain claims set out in legislation are paid in priority to others.
These claims include secured creditors, taxes, certain payments to employees and any liquidator’s costs. After payment of those
creditors, the claims of all other creditors are unsecured and would rank equally, with the exception of holders of subordinated
bonds and notes which rank below all other claims.
Guarantee Arrangements
As at the date this Disclosure Statement was signed, no material obligations of the Bank were guaranteed.
Pending Proceedings or Arbitration
There are no pending legal proceedings or arbitrations concerning any member of the Banking Group at the date of Disclosure
Statement that may have a material adverse effect on the Bank or the Banking Group.
Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers
PwC Tower, Level 27
15 Customs Street West
Auckland 1010
P. 2
Directors
All Directors of the Bank reside in New Zealand. Communications to the Directors can be sent to Heartland Bank Limited, Level 3,
35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland 1023.
There have been no changes in the composition of the Board of Directors of the Bank for the year ended 30 June 2024.
The Directors of the Bank and their details at the time this Disclosure Statement was signed were:
Chairman – Board of Directors
Name: Bruce Robertson Irvine Qualifications: BCom, LLB, FCA, CFInstD
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
Air Rarotonga Limited, Amaia Day Spa (Tonga) Limited, Amaia Luxury Spa Limited, B R Irvine Limited, Blackbyre Horticulture
Limited, Bowdens Mart Limited, MG Sustainable Operations Limited, Chambers @151 Limited, Clipper Investments (2002)
Limited, Cockerill and Campbell (2007) Limited, Embassy Hotels Limited, GZ Capital Limited, GZ NZ Limited, GZ RES Limited,
Hansons Lane International Holdings Limited, Hawling Holdings Limited, House of Travel Holdings Limited, Kaipaki Holdings
Limited, Kaipaki Properties Limited, Lake Angelus Holdings Limited, Lamanna Bananas (NZ) Limited, Lamanna Premier Group Pty
Limited, Lamanna Limited, Market Fresh Wholesale Limited, Market Gardeners Limited, MG Group Holdings Limited, MG
Marketing Limited, MG New Zealand Limited, Monarch Hotels Limited, Noblesse Oblige Limited, Paradise Islands Limited, Phimai
Holdings Limited, Quitachi Limited, Scenic Hotels (Karapiro) Limited, Scenic Hotels (Hamilton) Limited, Scenic Hotel Punakaiki
Limited, Scenic Circle Convention Services Limited, Scenic Hotel (Haast) Limited, Scenic Circle (Napier) Limited, Scenic Hotel Group
Limited, Scenic Hotels (Ashburton) Limited, Scenic Hotels (International) Limited, Scenic Circle MLC Café & Bar Limited, Skope
Industries Limited, Southland Produce Markets Limited, Stark Holdings (NZ) Limited, Wavell Resources Limited, Scenic Circle
(Rotorua) Limited, Scenic Circle (Queenstown) Limited, Scenic Hotels Limited, Abalon Investments Limited, Airedale Developments
(Auckland) Limited, Scenic Hotels (Tonga) Limited, Waiho Investments Limited, Scenic Circle Hotels Management Services Limited,
Scenic Hotel Collection New Zealand Limited, Scenic Hotels (Auckland) Limited, Scenic Hotels (Niue) Limited, Scenic Hotels
(Kaikoura) Limited, Heartland Hotels Limited, Scenic (Franz Josef) Limited, Scenic Circle (Airedale) Limited, Scenic Circle (Bay Of
Islands) Limited, Platinum Hotels Limited, Scenic Aviation Limited, Scenic Circle (Bay Of Plenty) Limited, Scenic Circle (Blenheim)
Limited, Karma Finance Limited, Scenic Circle Hotels (Dunedin) Limited, Refined Hotels Limited, Scenic Hospitality Services
Limited, Scenic Circle Glacier Country Hotel Limited, Scenic Circle (North Island) Limited, Scenic Hotels Technology Limited, Scenic
Circle (Rotorua Lakes) Limited, Ezibed (2022) Limited, Mainstay International Hotels (NZ)(2022) Limited, Mainstay International
Hotels (2022) Limited, Mitchell Corp New Zealand (2022) Limited, Te Kaikoura Investments Limited, MLC Scenic Limited, Wagstaff
Holdings Limited, Golden Chain (NZ) (2022) Limited, Sproule Ft Leinster Limited, Premier Fresh Australia Pty Ltd, Sproule Ft
Marshland Limited, Paulsen Porto Limited.
Name: Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade Qualifications: LLB
Type of Director: Non-Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Group Holdings
External Directorships:
Henley Family Investments Limited, Heartland Group Holdings Limited.
Name: Edward John Harvey Qualifications: BCom, CA, CFInstD
Type of Director: Non-Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
Napier Port Holdings Limited, Pomare Investments Limited, Port of Napier Limited, Heartland Group Holdings Limited.
Name: Kathryn Mitchell Qualifications: BA, CMInstD
Type of Director: Non-Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
Chambers@151 Limited, Christchurch International Airport Limited, Firsttrax Approvals Limited, Link Engine Management Limited,
Link Engine Management International (NZ) Limited, Morrison Horgan Limited, The New Zealand Merino Company Limited,
Heartland Group Holdings Limited, The A2 Milk Company Limited, Purepods Limited.
P. 3
Directors (continued)
Name: Shelley Maree Ruha Qualifications: BCom, DipBank
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
Analey Holdings Limited, Analey Investments Limited, IT & Business Consulting Limited, New Zealand Rural Land Management GP
Limited, Partners Group Holdings Limited, Partners Life Limited, 9 Spokes International Limited, Paysauce Limited, 9 Spokes
Knowledge Limited, 9 Spokes Operations Limited, 9 Spokes Trustee Limited, 9 Spokes US Holdings Limited, Allied Farmers Limited,
Allied Farmers (New Zealand) Limited, 5M No.2 Limited, Alf Nominees Limited, Allied Farmers Rural Limited, Allied Farmers
Property Holdings Limited, Clearwater Hotel 2004 Limited, Lifestyles of New Zealand Queenstown Limited, Lonz 2008 Holdings
Limited, Lonz 2008 Limited, NZ Farmers Livestock Finance Limited, QWF Holdings Limited, Rural Funding Solutionz Limited, UFL
Lakeview Limited͕^ŵĂƌƚƉĂLJ,ŽůĚŝŶŐƐ>ŝŵŝƚĞĚ.
Name: Simon Ross Tyler Qualifications: MSc, BSc (hons)
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
Nutrition for Health Limited, Global Horticulture Limited, Palliser Estate Wines of Martinborough Limited, NZ Bio Forestry Limited.
Conflicts of interest policy
All Directors are required to disclose to the Board any actual or potential conflicts of interest which may exist or is thought to exist
upon appointment and are required to keep these disclosures up to date. The details of each disclosure made by a Director to the
Board must be entered in the Interests Register.
Directors are required to take any necessary and reasonable measures to try to resolve the conflict and comply with the
Companies Act 1993 by disclosing interests and restrictions on voting. Any Director with a material personal, professional or
business interest in a matter being considered by the Board must declare their interest and, unless the Board resolves otherwise,
may not be present during the boardroom discussions or vote on the relevant matter.
Interested transactions
There have been no transactions between the Bank or any member of the Banking Group and any Director or immediate relative
or close business associate of any Director which either has been entered into on terms other than those which would in the
ordinary course of business of the Bank or any member of the Banking Group be given to any other person of like circumstances
or means, or could be reasonably likely to influence materially the exercise of the Directors' duties.
Audit committee composition
Members of the Bank's Audit Committee as at the date of this Disclosure Statement are as follows:
Simon Ross Tyler (Chairperson)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Edward John Harvey Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
Bruce Robertson Irvine Independent Non-Executive Director
Shelley Maree Ruha
Independent Non-Executive Director
P. 4
Directors' Statements
Each Director of the Bank states that he or she believes, after due enquiry, that:
1.As at the date on which this Disclosure Statement is signed:
(a)the Disclosure Statement contains all the information that is required by the Order; and
(b) the Disclosure Statement is not false or misleading.
2.During the year ended 30 June 2024:
(a)the Bank complied in all material respects with eachCondition of Registration that applied during the period;
(b) credit exposures to connected persons were not contrary to the interests of the Registered Bank; and
(c)the Bank had systems in place to monitor and control adequately material risks of the Registered Bank, including
credit risk, concentration of credit risk, interest rate risk, currency risk, equity risk, liquidity risk, operational risk
and other business risks, and that those systems were being properly applied.
This Disclosure Statement is dated 28 August 2024 and has been signed by all the Directors.
B.Z͘Irvine (Chair)
K. Mitchell
J. K. GreensladeS. M. Ruha
E. J. HarveyS.Z͘TylerS.Z͘Tyler
P. 5
Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 June 2024
$000's Note
June 2024 June 2023
Interest income
3
506,793 372,688
Interest expense
3
284,405 158,027
Net interest income 222,388 214,661
Operating lease income
4
6,058 5,631
Operating lease expense
4
4,373 3,827
Net operating lease income 1,685 1,804
Lending and credit fee income
11,724 7,722
Other income
5
2,718 2,932
Net operating income 238,515 227,119
Operating expenses
6
116,302 101,337
Profit before impaired asset expense and income tax 122,213 125,782
Fair value (loss) on investments and investment property
(1,595) -
Impaired asset expense
8
46,313 22,891
Profit before income tax 74,305 102,891
Income tax expense
9
21,785 28,389
Profit for the year
52,520
74,502
Other comprehensive income
Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss, net of income tax:
Effective portion of change in fair value of derivative financial instruments in a cash flow
hedge relationship
(10,439) 7,264
Movement in fair value reserve 925 (533)
Movement in foreign currency translation reserve (1,682) -
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax (11,196) 6,731
Total comprehensive income for the year
41,324
81,233
Total comprehensive income for the year is attributable to the owner of the Bank.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
P. 6
Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2024
June 2024 June 2023
Share
Capital Reserves
Retained
Total
Equity
Share
Capital
Reserves
Retained
Total
Equity
$000's
Note Earnings Earnings
Balance at beginning of year 553,239 13,143 162,354 728,736 553,239 6,412 147,852 707,503
Business combination under
common control
16, 18 - (85,568) 85,826 258 - - - -
Total comprehensive income
for the year
Profit for the year - - 52,520 52,520 - - 74,502 74,502
Other comprehensive income,
net of income tax
16 - (11,196) - (11,196) - 6,731 - 6,731
Total comprehensive income for
the year
- (11,196) 52,520 41,324 - 6,731 74,502 81,233
Transactions with owner
Dividends paid to owner 15 - - (65,500) (65,500) - - (60,000) (60,000)
Share issuance 15 491,572 - - 491,572 - - - -
Total transactions with owner 491,572 - (65,500) 426,072 - - (60,000) (60,000)
Balance at end of the year 1,044,811 (83,621) 235,200 1,196,390 553,239 13,143 162,354 728,736
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
P. 7
Statement of Financial Position
As at 30 June 2024
$000's
Note June 2024 June 2023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 627,969 216,044
Investments 10 1,092,131 317,011
Derivative financial instruments 11 12,316 36,982
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost 12 4,266,946 3,954,800
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 20 2,897,818 888,600
Investment properties 3,660 11,903
Operating lease vehicles 13 18,261 16,966
Right of use assets 17 15,519 11,510
Other assets 17 34,897 19,597
Current tax asset 15,172 -
Intangible assets 17 264,493 71,635
Deferred tax asset 9 22,605 16,760
Total assets 9,271,787 5,561,808
Liabilities
Deposits 14 5,967,239 4,131,029
Other borrowings 14 2,040,763 615,126
Derivative financial instruments 11 9,017 7,624
Due to related parties 19 7,653 7,173
Lease liabilities 17 17,776 13,478
Tax liabilities - 7,692
Trade and other payables 17 32,949 50,950
Total liabilities 8,075,397 4,833,072
Net assets 1,196,390 728,736
Equity
Share capital 15 1,044,811 553,239
Retained earnings and other reserves 16 151,579 175,497
Total equity 1,196,390 728,736
Total interest earning and discount bearing assets 8,871,389 5,374,632
Total interest and discount bearing liabilities 7,969,810 4,726,367
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
P. 8
Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2024
$000's
Note June 2024 June 2023
Cash flows from operating activities
Interest received 367,259 293,872
Operating lease income received 5,288 4,571
Lending, credit fees and other income received 16,612 12,236
Operating inflows 389,159 310,679
Interest paid (256,683) (138,332)
Payments to suppliers and employees (134,351) (93,333)
Taxation paid (41,691) (44,055)
Operating outflows (432,725) (275,720)
Net cash flows (applied to)/from operating activities before changes in operating
assets and liabilities
(43,566) 34,959
Proceeds from sale of operating lease vehicles 2,219 4,492
Purchase of operating lease vehicles (6,732) (8,766)
Net movement in finance receivables (171,448) (301,687)
Net movement in deposits 559,209 522,307
Net movement in related party balances (4,312) 3,202
Net cash flows from operating activities
1
335,370 254,507
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (18,842) (23,423)
Proceeds from investment securities 246,490 55,443
Purchase of investment securities (637,399) (95,000)
Purchase of investment property - (71)
Cash acquired on business combination under common control
18
125,085 -
Cash acquired on acquisition of subsidiary
18
165,620 -
Net cash flows applied to investing activities (119,046) (63,051)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from wholesale borrowings 998,688 671,271
Repayment of wholesale borrowings (870,413) (753,838)
Proceeds from issue of unsubordinated debt 24,364 -
Repayment of unsubordinated notes (126,485) (150,000)
Proceeds from issue of subordinated debt 51,572 97,934
Dividends paid 15 (65,500) (60,000)
Payment of lease liabilities (2,327) (2,248)
Net issue of share capital 15 187,500 -
Net cashflows from/(applied to) financing activities 197,399 (196,881)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash held 413,723 (5,425)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents (1,798) -
Opening cash and cash equivalents 216,044 221,469
Closing cash and cash equivalents
2
627,969 216,044
1
Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale borrowings which are included as part of financing activities.
2
At 30 June 2024, the Banking Group has $176.0 million (2023: $16.9 million) of cash held by the Trust which may only be used for the purposes
defined in the underlying Trust documents. Refer to Note 28 - Structured entities for definition of the Trust and further details.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
P. 9
Statement of Cash Flows (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024
Reconciliation of profit after tax to net cash flows from operating activities
$000's
Note June 2024 June 2023
Profit for the year 52,520 74,502
Add/(less) non-cash items:
Depreciation and amortisation expense 9,355 9,299
Depreciation on lease vehicles 13 3,902 3,461
Capitalised net interest income and fee income (127,327) (69,249)
Impaired asset expense 8 46,313 22,891
Fair value movements (8,712) (1,740)
Deferred tax (5,845) (1,222)
Other non-cash items 4,211 2,755
Total non-cash items (78,103) (33,805)
Add/(less) movements in operating assets and liabilities:
Finance receivables (171,448) (301,687)
Operating lease vehicles (5,197) (5,266)
Other assets (7,285) 2,313
Current tax (22,864) (14,787)
Derivative financial instruments 26,059 8,794
Deposits 559,209 522,307
Other liabilities (17,521) 2,136
Total movements in operating assets and liabilities 360,953 213,810
Net cash flows from operating activities
1
335,370 254,507
1
Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale borrowings which are included as part of financing activities.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
P. 10
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2024
1 Financial statements preparation
Reporting entity
The financial statements presented are the consolidated financial statements comprising Heartland Bank Limited (HBL or the
Bank) and its controlled entities (the Banking Group). Refer to Note 27 – Significant subsidiaries and Significant events section
within this note for further details.
The Bank is a company incorporated in New Zealand under the Companies Act 1993, a registered bank under the Banking
(Prudential Supervision) Act 1989 and a Financial Market Conduct (FMC) reporting entity for the purposes of the Financial
Markets Conduct Act 2013.
The Banking Group is a designated climate reporting entity (CRE) under the climate-related disclosure regime and is required to
meet its requirements effective from the financial reporting period commencing 1 July 2023. Refer to Note 21 - Enterprise risk
management for further details.
Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in New Zealand (NZ
GAAP) and with the requirements of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. The financial statements comply with New Zealand
Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and other applicable Financial Reporting Standards as
appropriate for profit-oriented entities, and the Registered Bank Disclosure Statement (New Zealand Incorporated Registered
Banks) Order 2014 (as amended) (the Order). The financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting
Standards Accounting Standards (IFRS Accounting Standards) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
The financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars which is the Banking Group's functional and presentation currency.
Unless otherwise indicated, amounts are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars.
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis after considering the Banking Group's funding and liquidity
position.
The accounting policies adopted have been applied consistently throughout the periods presented in these financial statements.
Certain comparative balances have been reclassified to align with the presentation used in the current financial year. These
reclassifications have no impact on the overall financial performance or financial position for the comparative year.
Basis of measurement
The financial statements have been prepared on the basis of historical cost, except for certain financial instruments and
investment properties, which are measured at their fair values as identified in the accounting policies set out in the accompanying
notes to the financial statements.
Principles of consolidation
The financial statements of the Banking Group incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of all controlled entities.
Controlled entities are all entities in which the Bank is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the
entities and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entities. Intercompany transactions, balances and
any unrealised income and expense (except for foreign currency transaction gains or losses) between controlled entities are
eliminated.
Assets and liabilities in a transactional currency that is not the New Zealand dollar, are translated at the exchange rates ruling at
balance date. Revenue and expense items are translated at the average rate at the balance date. Exchange differences are taken
to the statement of comprehensive income.
P. 11
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Changes in accounting standards
Accounting standards issued and effective
Disclosure of Accounting Policies - Amendments to NZ IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements
The Banking Group adopted the amendments to NZ IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. Effective 1 July 2023, these
amendments require the disclosure of material accounting policy information instead of significant accounting policies. The
amendments did not result in any changes to the accounting policies and did not impact the accounting policy information
disclosed below.
Disclosure of fees for audit firms' services - Amendments to FRS-44
Amendments were issued to FRS-44 New Zealand Additional Disclosures (Amendments to FRS-44) that require an entity to
describe the services provided by its audit or review firm and to disclose the fees incurred by the entity for those services using
prescribed categories.
The Banking Group early adopted the Amendments to FRS-44 from 1 July 2022. Refer to Note 7 - Compensation of auditor for
further details.
There have been no other changes to accounting policies or new or amended standards that are issued and effective that are
expected to have a material impact on the Banking Group.
Accounting standards issued not yet effective
Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (NZ IFRS 18)
IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (IFRS 18) was issued in April 2024 to replace IAS 1 Presentation of
Financial Statements (IAS 1) when applied. New Zealand Equivalent to IFRS 18 (NZ IFRS 18) was issued on 23 May 2024. Most of
the presentation and disclosure requirements will largely remain unchanged together with other disclosures carried forward from
IAS 1. NZ IFRS 18 primarily introduces the following:
x a defined structure for the statement of comprehensive income by classifying items into one of the five categories:
operating, investing, financing, income taxes and discontinued operations. Entities will also present expenses in the
operating category by nature, function, or a mix of both, based on facts and circumstances;
x disclosure of management-defined performance measures (a subset of alternative performance measures / non-GAAP
measures) in a single note together with reconciliation requirements, and
x additional guidance on aggregation and disaggregation principles (applied to all primary financial statements and notes).
P. 12
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Accounting standards issued not yet effective (continued)
Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (NZ IFRS 18) (continued)
NZ IFRS 18 also made limited change to certain presentation and disclosure requirements in the financial statements, e.g., NZ IAS
7 Statement of Cash Flows; as well as consequential changes to various IFRS Accounting Standards.
NZ IFRS 18 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027. The Banking Group expects to
adopt NZ IFRS 18 and relevant consequential changes of other accounting standards in the financial year beginning 1 July 2027.
The Banking Group is currently assessing the impact and will disclose more detailed assessments in the future.
Other new accounting standards, amendments to accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not
mandatory for the 30 June 2024 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Banking Group. These standards,
amendments or interpretations are not expected to have a material impact on the current or future reporting periods.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of the Banking Group’s financial statements requires the use of estimates and judgements. This note provides an
overview of the areas that involve a higher degree of judgement or complexity. Detailed information about each of these
estimates and judgements is included in the relevant notes together with the basis of calculation for each affected item in the
financial statements.
x Provisions for impairment - The effect of credit risk is quantified based on the Banking Group's best estimate of future cash
repayments and proceeds from any security held or by reference to risk profile groupings, historical loss data and forward-
looking information. Refer to Note 12 - Finance receivables measured at amortised cost for further details.
x Fair value of reverse mortgages - Fair value is quantified by the transaction price (cash advanced plus accrued capitalised
interest). Judgement is applied in determining the appropriateness of the transaction price as fair value. Refer to Note 20 -
Fair value for further details.
x Goodwill - The Banking Group carries out impairment testing annually over the carrying value of goodwill of its cash
generating units (CGUs). Uncertainty is involved in estimating fair value less cost to sell and judgement is applied in
assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount of CGU or group of CGUs for impairment testing. Refer to Note 17 -
Other balance sheet items for further details.
x Acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited (now Heartland Bank Australia Limited) – Fair value of the consideration transferred
and fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, measured on a provisional basis. Judgement is
applied in determining consideration and in the valuation of the acquiree’s identifiable assets and liabilities assumed on the
acquisition date. Refer to Note 18 – Acquisition for further details.
Assumptions made at each reporting date (e.g., the calculation of the provision for impairment and fair value adjustments) are
based on best estimates as at that date. Although the Banking Group has internal controls in place to ensure that estimates can
be reliably measured, actual amounts may differ from these estimates. The estimates and judgements used in the preparation of
the Banking Group’s financial statements are continually evaluated. They are based on historical experience and other factors,
including expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the entity. Revisions to accounting estimates are
recognised in the reporting period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.
P. 13
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Significant events
HBL completed the acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited (CBL) from Challenger Limited on 30 April 2024. Completing the
acquisition makes HBL the first New Zealand registered bank to acquire an Australian authorised deposit-taking institution (ADI).
From 1 May 2024, CBL began trading as Heartland Bank Australia.
Under the varied condiƟons of CBL’s banking licence, all the Australian banking business and other Australian financial acƟviƟes
within Heartland Group Holdings Limited (HGH) and its controlled enƟƟes are required to be conducted within CBL or as
subsidiaries of CBL. On 2 May 2024, HGH transferred to CBL 100% shareholding of its Australian subsidiaries, being Heartland
Australia Holdings Pty Limited (HAH) and its controlled enƟƟes. This resulted in CBL assuming ownership over HGH’s Australian
reverse mortgage lending, specialist livestock finance and other financial services businesses. Later in May 2024, the legal enƟty
name for CBL officially changed to Heartland Bank Australia Limited (HBA).
As a result of the above transactions and transfers, the Banking Group has obtained control over HBA, HAH and its subsidiaries
and has consolidated their results, assets and liabilities from the transaction dates. Refer to Note 18 – Acquisition for further
details.
For purposes of these financial statements and this Disclosure Statement,
x the New Zealand Banking Group, as defined in the Bank’s Conditions of Registration, refers to the consolidated group
comprising HBL and its controlled entities incorporated in New Zealand but not including Marac Insurance Limited (MIL);
x the Australian Banking Group refers to the consolidated group comprising HBA and its
controlled entities incorporated in
Australia; and
x the Banking Group refers to the consolidated group comprising the New Zealand Banking Group, Australian Banking Group
and MIL.
Financial assets and liabilities
Financial Assets
Financial assets are classified based on:
x The business model within which the assets are managed; and
x Whether the contractual cash flows of the instrument represent solely payment of principal and interest (SPPI).
The Banking Group determines the business model at the level that reflects how groups of financial assets are managed. When
assessing the business model, the Banking Group considers factors including how performance and risks are managed, evaluated
and reported and the frequency and volume of, and reason for sales in previous periods.
Financial assets are classified into the following measurement categories:
Financial Assets Measurement Category Note
Government securities, bank bonds and
floating rate notes
Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)
and fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)
10
Public sector securities and corporate bonds FVOCI 10
Equity investments FVOCI and FVTPL 10
Finance receivables – reverse mortgages FVTPL 20
Finance receivables Amortised cost 12
Derivative financial instruments FVTPL 11
P. 14
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Financial assets and liabilities (continued)
Financial Assets (continued)
Financial assets measured at amortised cost
Financial assets are measured at amortised cost if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through
holding the financial asset to collect contractual cash flows which represent SPPI.
Financial assets at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest rate method.
Financial assets measured at FVOCI
Financial assets are measured at FVOCI if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both through
collecting contractual cash flows which represent SPPI or selling the financial asset.
Financial assets at FVOCI are measured at fair value with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income
except for interest income, impairment charges and foreign exchange gains and losses, which are recognised in profit or loss.
Financial assets measured at FVTPL
Financial assets are measured at FVTPL if:
x they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial asset in the
near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of
short-term profit taking; or
x the contractual cash flows of the financial asset do not represent SPPI on the principal balance outstanding; or
x they are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.
Financial assets at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.
Financial Liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified into the following measurement categories:
x Those to be measured at amortised cost;
x Those to be measured at FVTPL.
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost if they are not held for trading or designated at FVTPL.
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are accounted for using the effective interest rate method.
Financial liabilities measured at FVTPL
Financial liabilities are measured at FVTPL if:
x They are held for trading whose principal objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial liability in the
near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of
short-term profit taking; or
x They are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.
P. 15
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Financial assets and liabilities (continued)
Financial Liabilities (continued)
Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.
Further details of the accounting policy for each category of financial asset or financial liability mentioned above is set out in the
note for the relevant item.
The Banking Group’s policies for determining the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities are set out in Note 20 - Fair
value.
Recognition
The Banking Group initially recognises finance receivables and borrowings on the date that they are originated. All other financial
assets and liabilities (including assets and liabilities designated at FVTPL) are initially recognised on the trade date at which the
Banking Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
Derecognition
The Banking Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it
transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks
and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or
retained by the Banking Group is recognised as a separate asset.
The Banking Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognised on its statement of financial position but
retains either all risks or rewards of the transferred assets or a portion of them. If all or substantially all risks and rewards are
retained, then the transferred assets are not derecognised from the statement of financial position. Transfers of assets with the
retention of all or substantially all risks and rewards include, for example, securitised assets and repurchase transactions.
Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Where an existing financial liability is
replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially
modified, the exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability,
with the difference in the respective carrying amounts recognised in profit or loss.
P. 16
Performance
2 Segmental analysis
Segment information is presented in respect of the Banking Group's operating segments which are consistent with those used for
the Banking Group's management and internal reporting structure.
An operating segment is a component of an entity engaging in business activities and whose operating results are regularly
reviewed by the Banking Group’s chief operating decision maker (CODM). The CODM, who is responsible for allocating resources
and assessing business performance of the Banking Group, has been identified as the Bank’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and
direct reports.
Operating segments
The Banking Group operates within New Zealand and Australia and comprises the following main operating segments:
Operating segments – New Zealand
Motor Motor vehicle finance.
Reverse mortgages Reverse mortgage lending.
Personal lending Transactional, home loans and personal loans to individuals.
Business Term debt, plant and equipment finance, commercial mortgage lending and working capital solutions for
small-to-medium sized businesses.
Rural Specialist financial services to the farming sector primarily offering livestock finance, rural mortgage
lending, seasonal and working capital financing, as well as leasing solutions to farmers.
Operating segment – Australia
Operating segment
– Australian Banking Group was acquired through the acquisition of CBL by HBL on 30 April 2024 and transfer
of HAH and its subsidiaries from HGH to
HBA on 2 May 2024, with HBA assuming ownership over HGH’s Australian reverse
mortgage lending, specialist livestock finances and other financial services businesses. Refer to Note 18 – Acquisition for further
details.
Australian Banking
Group
Australian Banking Group provides banking and financial services in Australia which consist of reverse
mortgage lending, livestock finance and other financial services within Australia.
All other segments
Other Operating expenses, such as premises, IT and support centre costs are not allocated to operating
segments and are included in Other. These are primarily in relation to the New Zealand business.
Finance receivables are allocated across the operating segments as assets. Liabilities are managed centrally and therefore
are not allocated across the operating segments. The Banking Group does not rely on any single major customer for its revenue
base.
P. 17
2 Segmental analysis (continued)
Motor
Reverse
Mortgages
1
Personal
lending Business Rural
Australian
Banking
Group Other Total
$000's
June 2024
Net interest income
58,909 46,586 4,937 62,090 34,652 15,214 - 222,388
Lending and credit fee income
3,908 2,651 198 3,935 374 658 - 11,724
Net other income/(expense)
1,194 - 543 1,145 (443) (762) 2,726 4,403
Net operating income 64,011 49,237 5,678 67,170 34,583 15,110 2,726 238,515
Operating expenses 4,628 5,366 6,824 9,113 3,181 16,204 70,986 116,302
Profit/(loss) before fair value
(loss)/gain on investments, impaired
asset expense and income tax
59,383 43,871 (1,146) 58,057 31,402 (1,094) (68,260) 122,213
Fair value (loss) on investments - - - - - - (1,595) (1,595)
Impaired asset expense 24,329 - 1,476 17,527 2,428 553 - 46,313
Profit/(loss) before income tax 35,054 43,871 (2,622) 40,530 28,974 (1,647) (69,855) 74,305
Income tax expense - - - - - - 21,785 21,785
Profit/(loss) for the year 35,054 43,871 (2,622) 40,530 28,974 (1,647) (91,640) 52,520
Total assets 1,608,282 1,068,154 339,110 1,306,689 720,339 3,415,495 813,718 9,271,787
Total liabilities 8,075,397
June 2023
Net interest income 60,681 39,696 9,426 71,630 33,522 - (294) 214,661
Lending and credit fee income 2,034 2,671 447 2,278 292 - - 7,722
Net other income 1,485 - 935 991 398 - 927 4,736
Net operating income 64,200 42,367 10,808 74,899 34,212 633 227,119
Operating expenses 4,140 4,928 6,459 9,387 3,068 - 73,355 101,337
Profit/(loss) before fair value
(loss)/gain on investments, impaired
asset expense and income tax
60,060 37,439 4,349 65,512 31,144 - (72,722) 125,782
Fair value (loss)/gain on investments - - - - - - - -
Impaired asset expense 10,911 - 3,195 8,155 630 - - 22,891
Profit/(loss) before income tax 49,149 37,439 1,154 57,357 30,514 - (72,722) 102,891
Income tax expense - - - - - - 28,389 28,389
Profit/(loss) for the year 49,149 37,439 1,154 57,357 30,514 - (101,111) 74,502
Total assets 1,563,939 888,600 358,572 1,356,913 712,596 - 681,188 5,561,808
Total liabilities 4,833,072
1
Includes Australian Reverse Mortgage loans acquired from Seniors Warehouse Trust (SWT) and subsequently sold to HBA post acquisition. Refer
to Note 19 - Related party transactions and balances for further details.
P. 18
3 Net interest income
Policy
Interest income and expense on financial instruments is measured using the effective interest rate method that discounts the
financial instruments' future cash flows to their present value and allocates the interest income or expense over the life of the
financial instrument. The effective interest rate is established on initial recognition of the financial assets or liabilities and is not
subsequently revised. For financial instruments at amortised cost, the calculation of the effective interest rate includes all yield
related fees and commissions paid or received that are an integral part of the underlying financial instrument.
Interest income is calculated based on the gross carrying amount of financial assets in stages 1 and 2 of the Banking Group’s
expected credit losses (ECL) model and on the carrying amount net of the provision for ECL for financial assets in stage 3. For
financial instruments measured at FVTPL, interest is not calculated under the effective interest rate method.
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Interest income
Cash and cash equivalents
10,739 9,585
Investments measured at FVOCI
12,082 5,081
Investments measured at FVTPL
4,186 -
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost
348,769 290,487
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages
131,017 67,535
Total interest income
1
506,793 372,688
Interest expense
Deposits
240,978 146,301
Other borrowings
68,332 31,490
Net interest (income) on derivative financial instruments
(24,905) (19,764)
Total interest expense
2
284,405 158,027
Net interest income 222,388 214,661
1
Cash and cash equivalents and Finance receivables are measured at amortised cost. Investments are measured at FVOCI and FVTPL. Total
interest income derived from financial assets measured at amortised cost or FVOCI is calculated using the effective interest rate method.
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages are measured at FVTPL.
2
Deposits and Other borrowings are measured at amortised cost, therefore interest expense incurred on these financial liabilities is calculated
using the effective interest rate method. Net interest expense on derivative financial instruments is not calculated using the effective interest
rate method as they are measured at FVTPL.
P. 19
4 Net operating lease income
Policy
As a lessor, the Banking Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the assets and therefore
classifies the leases as operating leases. Rental income and expense from operating leases are recognised on a straight-line basis
over the term of the relevant lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the
carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Profits on the sale of operating
lease assets are included as part of operating lease income. Current year depreciation and losses on the sale of operating lease
assets are included as part of operating lease expenses. The leased assets are depreciated over their useful lives on a basis
consistent with similar assets.
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Operating lease income
Lease income
5,374 4,639
Gain on disposal of lease assets
684 992
Total operating lease income 6,058 5,631
Operating lease expense
Depreciation on lease assets
3,902 3,461
Direct lease costs
471 366
Total operating lease expense 4,373 3,827
Net operating lease income 1,685 1,804
P. 20
5 Other income
Policy
Rental income from investment properties
Rental income from investment properties is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.
Insurance income
Insurance premium income and commission expense are recognised in profit or loss from the date of attachment of the risk over
the period of the insurance contract. Claim expense is recognised in the profit or loss on an accrual basis once our liability to the
policyholder has been confirmed under the terms of the contract.
Fair value gain or loss on derivative financial instruments
A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is recognised initially
in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss and changes in the fair value of any derivatives not
designated in a hedge relationship are recognised immediately in the statement of comprehensive income and disclosed within
Other income. Refer to Note 11 - Derivative financial instruments for further details.
Fair value gain or loss on non-derivative financial instruments
A fair value gain or loss on certain non-derivative financial instruments are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income
for financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss. Refer to Note 10 - Investments for further details.
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Rental income from investment properties 995 1,063
Insurance income
1
209
756
Fair value (loss) on derivative financial instruments (5,074)
(8,237)
Management fee income
2
5,591 9,113
Fair value (loss) on non-derivative financial instruments
3
(727)
-
Other income 4
243
Foreign exchange gain/(loss) 1,720
(6)
Total other income 2,718
2,932
1
Insurance income includes net income from Marac Insurance Limited (MIL), a subsidiary of HBL. MIL ceased writing insurance policies in 2020
with the periodic policies expected to expire in 2025.
2
Refer to Note 19 - Related party transactions and balances for further details.
3
Includes realised and unrealised losses on HBA's government securities, bank bonds and floating rate notes measured at fair value through
profit and loss. Refer to Note 10 - Investments for further details.
P. 21
6 Operating expenses
Policy
Operating expenses are recognised as the underlying service is rendered or over a period in which an asset is consumed or a
liability is incurred.
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Personnel expenses
1
63,307 60,213
Directors' fees
648 574
Superannuation
1,409 1,171
Depreciation - property, plant and equipment
1,676 1,756
Legal and professional fees
2
4,488 2,838
Advertising and public relations
2,162 1,803
Depreciation - right of use asset
2,459 2,150
Technology services
13,202 9,720
Telecommunications, stationery and postage
1,918 1,694
Customer administration costs
4,899 2,497
Customer onboarding costs
2,533 2,469
Occupancy costs
1,834 1,408
Amortisation of intangible assets
5,220 5,393
Other operating expenses
3
10,547 7,651
Total operating expenses 116,302 101,337
1
Excludes certain personnel expenses directly incurred in acquiring and developing software and capitalised as part of specific application
software.
2
Legal and professional fees include compensation of auditor which is disclosed in Note 7 - Compensation of auditor.
3
Other operating expenses mainly comprise non-recoverable proportion of goods and services tax (GST), travel, insurances and project expenses.
P. 22
7 Compensation of auditor
In accordance with the Amendments to FRS-44, the Banking Group is required to disclose the fees incurred for services received
from its audit or review firm, with a description of each service, including audit or review of the financial statements. Other
services performed during the reporting period are required to be disclosed using the following categories:
• audit or review related services;
• other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements;
• taxation services and;
• other services.
It is the Banking Group's policy to engage the external auditor's firm on assignments additional to its statutory audit duties only if
they are not perceived to be in conflict with the role of external auditor. All services are approved by the HGH Board Audit and
Risk Committee.
The fees payable to the auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) and Ernst & Young (EY), are outlined in the below table:
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Fees paid to auditor - PwC
Audit and review of financial statements
1
1,183 712
Audit or review related services
Assurance engagement
2
18 17
Agreed-upon procedures engagements - -
Other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements
Assurance engagement
3
73 -
Agreed-upon procedures engagements - -
Taxation services - -
Other services
4
- 17
Total compensation paid to PwC 1,274 746
Fees paid to auditor - EY
Audit and review of financial statements
1
692 -
Audit or review related services
Assurance engagement
5
119 -
Agreed-upon procedures engagements - -
Other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements
Assurance engagement - -
Agreed-upon procedures engagements - -
Taxation services - -
Other services
6
230 -
Total compensation paid to EY 1,041 -
Total compensation of auditor
2,315 746
1
Fees are for both the audit of the annual financial statements and review of the interim financial statements. This includes limited assurance on
disclosures of capital adequacy and regulatory liquidity requirements.
2
Fees in 2024 and 2023 are for reasonable assurance engagement for insurance solvency return, reasonable assurance on registry and trust deed
supervisor reporting.
3
Fees are for pre-conditions assessments and assurance relating to greenhouse gas emissions reporting.
4
Other services paid to PwC in 2023 comprised actuarial services for reverse mortgages carried out prior to their appointment as external
auditors.
5
Fees are for assurance services for APRA regulatory reporting and Australian Financial Services Licence (AFSL) reporting.
6
Other services paid to EY in 2024 comprised actuarial services for reverse mortgages, actuarial services for stress testing, directors remuneration
review, executive reward survey report, CPS 234 information security plan review, hedge accounting and other
accounting advisory services and
facilitation of strategy review workshop. Except for the actuarial services for stress testing, all other services were carri
ed out prior to their
appointment as external auditor.
P. 23
8 Impaired asset expense
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Individually impaired asset expense 13,869 13,033
Collectively impaired asset expense
33,718 11,757
Total impaired asset expense excluding recovery of amounts previously written off 47,587 24,790
to the income statement
Recovery of amounts previously written off to the income statement
(1,274) (1,899)
Total impaired asset expense 46,313 22,891
Refer to Note 23 – Asset quality for provision for impairment details.
9 Taxation
Policy
Income tax
Income tax expense for the year comprises current tax and movements in deferred tax balances, including any adjustment
required for prior years' tax expense. Income tax expense is recognised in profit and loss except to the extent that it relates to
items recognised directly in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in equity or other comprehensive income.
Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively
enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years. Current tax for
current and prior years is recognised as a liability (or asset) to the extent that it is unpaid (or refundable).
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying
amounts of assets and liabilities for accounting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. As required by NZ IAS 12
Income Taxes, a deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that a future taxable profit will be available
to realise the asset.
Goods and services tax (GST)
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of GST. As the Banking Group is predominantly involved in providing financial
services, only a proportion of GST paid on inputs is recoverable. The non-recoverable proportion of GST is treated as an expense
or, if relevant, as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset.
P. 24
9 Taxation (continued)
Income tax expense
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Income tax recognised in profit or loss
Current tax
Current year
27,551 30,353
Adjustments for prior year
248 (742)
Tax at other rates
(50) -
Deferred tax
Current year
(5,584) (1,447)
Adjustments for prior year
(712) 225
Tax other rates
(40) -
Change in recognition of deferred tax
372 -
Total income tax expense recognised in profit or loss 21,785 28,389
Income tax recognised in other comprehensive income
Current tax
Investment securities at fair value in fair value reserve
357 (246)
Fair value movements in derivatives held in cash flow hedge reserve
(4,276) 2,418
Total income tax expense recognised in other comprehensive income (3,919) 2,172
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Profit before income tax 74,305 102,891
Tax at the local income tax rate (NZ: 28%, Australia: 30%)
20,706 28,810
Adjusted tax effect of items not deductible
1,172 97
Adjustments for prior year
(465) (518)
Change in recognition of deferred tax asset
372 -
Total income tax expense 21,785 28,389
Deferred tax assets comprise the following temporary differences:
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Employee entitlements 1,901 1,370
Share based payment
- 616
Provision for impairment
21,528 14,622
Intangibles and property, plant and equipment
(1,465) (1,530)
Right of use assets
(4,180) -
Lease liabilities
4,834 -
Deferred acquisition costs
(6) (55)
Operating lease vehicles
(594) 451
Deferred income
(6,522) -
Prior year tax loss
4,911 -
Deductible prior expense
421 -
Other temporary differences
1,777 1,286
Total deferred tax assets 22,605 16,760
Opening balance of deferred tax assets 16,760 15,538
Movement recognised in profit or loss
6,336 1,222
Transfer on acquisition of business
1,673 -
Deferred tax asset reclass
2,118 -
Utilisation of tax loss
(3,910) -
Change in recognition of deferred tax asset
(372) -
Closing balance of deferred tax assets 22,605 16,760
P. 25
Financial Position
10 Investments
Policy
Investments are classified into one of the following categories:
Fair value through other comprehensive income
Investments under this category are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both through collecting contractual
cash flows or selling the financial asset. These investments include bank bonds, floating rate notes, public sector securities,
corporate bonds and equity investments where the Banking Group has irrevocably elected at initial recognition to measure at
FVOCI. These are initially measured at fair value, including transaction costs, and subsequently carried at fair value. Changes in fair
value of these investments are recognised in other comprehensive income and presented within the fair value reserve.
Fair value through profit or loss
Investments under this category are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through selling the financial asset.
These investments include government securities, bank bonds, floating rate notes and equity investments and are measured at
fair value plus transaction costs. Changes in fair value of these investments are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which
they occur.
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Investments measured at FVOCI
Bank bonds and floating rate notes 270,581 305,310
Public sector securities and corporate bonds 101,235 9,882
Equity investments
1
7,575 -
Investments measured at FVTPL
Government securities, bank bonds and floating rate notes
2
706,840 -
Equity investments
3
5,900 1,819
Total investments 1,092,131 317,011
1
Includes equity investments resulting from the transfer of HAH and its controlled entities to the Banking Group on 2 May 2024. Refer to Note 18
- Acquisition.
2
Includes HBA's investments measured at fair value through profit or loss. Refer to Note 20 - Fair value for further details.
3
Includes equity investment acquired from HGH on 29 April 2024. Refer to Note 15 - Share capital and dividends for further details.
P. 26
11 Derivative financial instruments
Policy
The Banking Group uses derivatives for risk management purposes. Derivatives held for risk management purposes are placed
into hedges that either meet hedge accounting requirements, or economic hedges not placed into an accounting hedge
relationship.
Derivatives are recognised at their fair value, with the derivatives being carried as assets when their fair value is positive and as
liabilities when their fair value is negative.
A hedged item is an asset, liability, firm commitment or highly probable forecast transaction that exposes the Banking Group to
risk of changes in fair value or cash flows, and that is designated as being hedged. The Banking Group applies fair value hedge
accounting to hedge movements in the value of fixed interest rate assets and liabilities subject to interest rate risk. The Banking
Group applies cash flow hedge accounting to hedge the variability in highly probable forecast future cash flows attributable to
interest rate risk on variable rate assets and liabilities.
Derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are held as economic hedges. Changes in the fair value of any
derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the statement of comprehensive
income and disclosed within Other income.
Fair value hedge accounting
The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:
x the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,
x effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective, consistent with the originally
documented risk management strategy, and
x the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Banking Group.
The Banking Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging
instruments, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Banking Group
also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in
hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value of hedged items.
Subsequent to initial designation, changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify for fair value hedge
accounting are recorded through profit or loss alongside any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are
attributable to the hedged risk.
Where the hedged item is carried at amortised cost, the movement in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged
risk is made as an adjustment to the carrying value of the hedged asset or liability. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold,
or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to carrying amount of a hedged item carried
at amortised cost is amortised to the statement of comprehensive income on an effective yield basis over the remaining period to
maturity of the hedged item. Where a hedged item carried at amortised cost is derecognised from the balance sheet, the
adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability is immediately transferred to the statement of comprehensive income.
Cash flow hedge accounting
The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:
x the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,
x effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective, consistent with the originally
documented risk management strategy, and
x the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Banking Group.
P. 27
11 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Cash flow hedge accounting (continued)
The Banking Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging
instruments, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Banking Group
also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in
hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.
A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is recognised initially
in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss is recognised immediately in the statement of
comprehensive income.
When a hedging derivative expires or is sold, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, or the Banking Group
elects to revoke the hedge designation, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative remains in the cash flow hedging
reserve until the forecast transaction occurs and affects income, at which point it is transferred to the corresponding income or
expense line. If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative
previously reported in the cash flow hedging reserve is immediately transferred to the statement of comprehensive income.
The Banking Group actively manages interest rate risk by entering into derivative contracts to hedge against movements in
interest rates. As permitted by NZ IFRS 9, the Banking Group has elected to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements
of NZ IAS 39.
The Banking Group's approach to managing market risk, including interest rate risk, is disclosed in Note 25 – Interest rate risk. The
Banking Group actively manages residual interest rate risk from the net exposure of its underlying assets and liabilities, associated
with the mismatch of the interest rate repricing profiles of its interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, by entering
into interest rate swaps to hedge against movements in interest rates.
Interest rate swaps are bilateral derivative contracts with commitments to exchange one set of cash flows for another resulting in
an economic exchange of interest rates (for example, fixed rate for floating rate) without exchange of principal. Interest rate swap
notional values indicate the volume of transactions outstanding at the end of the financial year and provide basis for comparison
with instruments recognised on the balance sheet but do not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash flows involved,
therefore don't indicate the Banking Group's exposure to credit or market risks. The fair values of derivative instruments and their
notional values are set out in the below table.
June 2024 June 2023
Notional Fair Value Fair Value Notional
Fair Value
Fair Value
$000's
Principal Assets Liabilities Principal Assets Liabilities
Interest rate related contracts
Held as economic hedges 344,598 293 782 260,650 6,539 -
Designated as cash flow hedges 885,903 4,658 4,609 850,068 15,398 941
Designated as fair value hedges 424,502 7,365 3,626 543,200 15,045 6,683
Interest rate related contracts 1,655,003 12,316 9,017 1,653,918 36,982 7,624
Total derivative financial instruments 1,655,003 12,316 9,017 1,653,918 36,982 7,624
P. 28
11 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Micro cash flow hedge accounting is applied to interest rate swaps designated as hedges of the Banking Group's floating rate
domestic borrowings and deposits by using 'receive floating / pay fixed' interest rate swaps to fix the cost of floating interest rate
loans and deposits.
Micro fair value hedge accounting is applied to receive fixed interest rate swaps designated as hedges of interest rate risk arising
from fixed-rate subordinated notes and retail bond, and to pay fixed interest rate swaps designated as hedges of interest rate risk
arising from fixed-rate investment securities.
The Banking Group determines whether an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument exists
based on an assessment of the qualitative characteristics of this hedged item and the hedged risk, supported by quantitative
analysis. Close alignment of the critical terms of the hedged item and hedging instrument is also considered a strong indication of
the presence of an economic relationship by the Banking Group.
The Banking Group establishes a hedge ratio by aligning the par amount of the exposure to be hedged and the notional amount of
the interest rate swap designated as a hedging instrument.
Retrospective testing for each reporting period uses a regression model, which compares the change in the fair value of the
hedged item and the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument. For a hedge to be deemed effective, the change in fair
values should be within 80% and 125% of each other. Should the result fall outside this range the hedge would be deemed
ineffective and recognised immediately through the income statement in line with each hedge relationship policy above.
The hedge relationship is reviewed on a monthly basis and the hedging instruments and hedged items are de-designated and re-
designated, if necessary, based on the effectiveness test results and changes in the hedged exposure.
Hedge ineffectiveness may arise from timing difference on repricing between the hedged item and the hedging instrument,
difference in timing of their cash flows, or due to changes in the counterparties' credit risk affecting the fair value of hedging
instruments.
The following table shows the maturity and interest rate risk profiles of the interest rate swaps as hedging instruments in
continuing fair value and cash flow hedge relationships.
0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5
5+
$000's
Months Months Years Years Years Total
June 2024
Interest rate risk
Cash flow hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts 45,000 40,000 232,851 568,052 - 885,903
Average interest rate 5.20% 5.15% 4.71% 4.59% -
Fair value hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts 10,002 50,000 55,400 209,100 - 324,502
Average interest rate 1.63% 0.73% 0.47% 4.59% -
Receive fixed
Nominal amounts - - - 100,000 - 100,000
Average interest rate - - - 4.30% -
Total interest rate risk nominal amount 55,002 90,000 288,251 877,152 - 1,310,405
P. 29
11 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5
5+
$000's
Months Months Years Years Years Total
June 2023
Interest rate risk
Cash flow hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts - 20,000 295,000 535,068 - 850,068
Average interest rate - 4.22% 3.78% 4.00% -
Fair value hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts 54,700 38,000 60,000 160,400 5,100 318,200
Average interest rate 1.17% 0.77% 0.88% 3.06% 1.51%
Receive fixed
Nominal amounts - 125,000 - 100,000 - 225,000
Average interest rate - 1.78% - 4.30% -
Total interest rate risk nominal amount 54,700 183,000 355,000 795,468 5,100 1,393,268
The following table sets out the accumulated fair value adjustments arising from the corresponding fair value hedge relationships
and the outcome of the changes in fair value of the hedged item as well as the hedging instruments used as the basis for
recognising effectiveness.
As at 30 June 2024
For the year ended
30 June 2024
Accumulated
amount of fair
Gain/(loss)
Carrying value hedge
recognised in
$000's
value adjustment
income statement
Interest rate risk
Investments 361,808 (4,390) 10,036
Other borrowings (99,706) 721 (4,610)
Total 262,102 (3,669) 5,426
Interest rate swaps 3,739 3,739 (5,303)
Hedge ineffectiveness of financial instruments recognised in
other income
123
P. 30
11 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
As at 30 June 2023
For the year ended
30 June 2023
Accumulated
amount of fair
Gain/(loss)
Carrying value hedge
recognised in
$000's
value adjustment
income statement
Interest rate risk
Investments 290,723 (14,893) 2,620
Other borrowings (219,959) 5,331 473
Total 70,764 (9,562) 3,093
Interest rate swaps 8,362 8,362 (3,133)
Hedge ineffectiveness of financial instruments recognised in
other income
(40)
The accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments included in the carrying amount of hedged items that have ceased to be
adjusted for hedging gains and losses is nil (2023: nil).
The balance of the cash flow hedge reserve, amounts recognised in the reserve, and amounts transferred out of the reserve are
shown in the following table.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Cash flow hedge reserve
Balance at beginning of year
14,710 7,446
Business combination under common control 103 -
Transferred to the income statement
(482) (1,771)
Net (loss)/gain from change in fair value
(14,233) 11,453
Net movement before tax (14,612) 9,682
Tax on net movement in cash flow hedge reserve 4,276 (2,418)
Balance at end of year 4,374 14,710
During the year ended 30 June 2024, a gain of $0.9 million was recognised in fair value gain on derivative financial instruments in
the statement of comprehensive income related to hedge ineffectiveness from cash flow hedge relationships (2023: $0.7 million).
There were no transactions for which cash flow hedge accounting had to be ceased as a result of the highly probable cash flows
no longer being expected to occur (2023: nil).
There are $2.5 million (2023: $10.1 million) of balances recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve for which hedge accounting is
no longer applied on the basis that the associated variable cash flows are still expected to occur over the lifetime of the original
hedge relationships. The associated cash flow hedge reserve is being released over the period of the original hedge relationship
which has since been de-designated.
P. 31
12 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost
Policy
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value plus incremental direct transaction costs and
are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment loss.
Fees and direct costs relating to loan origination, financing and loan commitments are deferred and amortised to interest income
over the life of the loan using the effective interest rate method. Lending fees not directly related to the origination of a loan are
recognised over the period of service.
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Gross finance receivables measured at amortised cost 4,343,267 4,006,945
Less provision for impairment
1
(76,321) (52,145)
Net finance receivables measured at amortised cost
4,266,946 3,954,800
Due within one year 1,050,448 881,919
Due more than one year 3,292,819 3,125,026
Less provision for impairment
1
(76,321) (52,145)
Net finance receivables measured at amortised cost 4,266,946 3,954,800
1
Refer to Note 23 - Asset quality for further details.
13 Operating lease vehicles
Policy
Operating lease vehicles are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Operating lease vehicles are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their expected useful life after allowing for any residual
values. The estimated lives of these vehicles are between one and five years. Vehicles held for sale are not depreciated but are
tested for impairment.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Cost
Opening balance 22,913 20,450
Additions 6,732 8,766
Disposals (3,454) (6,303)
Closing balance 26,191 22,913
Accumulated depreciation
Opening balance 5,947 5,289
Depreciation charge for the year 3,902 3,461
Disposals (1,919) (2,803)
Closing balance 7,930 5,947
Opening net book value 16,966 15,161
Closing net book value 18,261 16,966
The future minimum lease payments receivable under operating leases not later than one year is $5.037 million (2023: $4.086
million), within one to five years is $7.192 million (2023: $7.598 million) and over five years is $0.002 million (2023: nil).
P. 32
14 Borrowings
Policy
Borrowings and deposits are initially recognised at fair value including incremental direct transaction costs. They are subsequently
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
The Banking Group hedges interest rate risk on certain debt issues. When fair value hedge accounting is applied to fixed rate debt
issues, the carrying values are adjusted for changes in fair value related to the hedged risks.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Deposits
Short-term interest bearing deposits 1,417,312 1,493,190
Non-interest bearing deposits 38,193 9,205
Term deposits 4,511,734 2,628,634
Total deposits 5,967,239 4,131,029
Other borrowings
Unsubordinated notes 458,019 122,165
Subordinated notes 153,732
97,793
Securitised borrowings 1,369,394 227,054
Certificate of deposit 59,618 148,110
Money market borrowings - 20,004
Total other borrowings 2,040,763 615,126
Total deposits and other borrowings 8,008,002 4,746,155
Due within one year 6,168,167 4,328,399
Due more than one year 1,839,835 417,756
Total deposits and other borrowings 8,008,002 4,746,155
Deposits and unsubordinated notes rank equally and are unsecured.
Unsubordinated notes
Unsubordinated notes include short and long-term retail bonds and medium term notes. Medium term notes are issued in both
New Zealand and Australian dollars to eligible non-retail investors in compliance with applicable laws.
The Banking Group has the following unsubordinated notes on issue at balance sheet date:
Retail Bonds and medium term notes Frequency of interest
$000's repayments June 2024 June 2023 Maturity date
NZ $125 million
1
Semi-annually
- 122,165 12 April 2024
NZ $20 million
1
Semi-annually
20,302 - 27 March 2028
AU $45 million
1
Quarterly
49,974 - 9 July 2024
AU $30 million
1
Quarterly
33,285 - 9 July 2024
AU $220 million
1
Quarterly
242,543 - 13 May 2025
AU $100 million
1
Quarterly
111,915 - 5 October 2027
Total retail bonds and medium term notes 458,019 122,165
1
Australian dollar denominated medium term notes represent the Australian Banking Group's notes resulting from the transfer of HAH and its
controlled entities to the Banking Group on 2 May 2024. Medium term notes, matured on 9 July 2024, were fully repaid.
The Banking Group actively engages facility providers in commercial negotiations including tenor extensions, increase in facility
limits, refinancing arrangements, and other commercial terms. The Banking Group has a track record of extending or refinancing
funding arrangements as they fall due and does not anticipate any difficultly in doing so when the facilities above expire.
P. 33
14 Borrowings (continued)
Subordinated notes
NZD Subordinated notes
On 28 April 2023, HBL issued $100 million of subordinated unsecured notes (NZD Subordinated notes) to New Zealand investors
and certain overseas institutional investors pursuant to the terms of the Subordinated Unsecured Notes Deed Poll in accordance
with the laws of New Zealand. NZD Subordinated notes are treated as Tier 2 capital under HBL regulatory capital requirements
and will mature on 28 April 2033.
Interest payable
The interest rate is a fixed rate of 7.51% for a period of 5 years until 28 April 2028, after which it will reset to quarterly floating
rate equal to the sum of the applicable 3-month Bank Bill Rate plus 3.2% Issue Margin. The quarterly payment of interest in
respect of the subordinated notes are subject to HBL being solvent at the time of, and immediately following the interest
payment.
Early Redemption
HBL may choose to repay all or some of the subordinated notes for their face value together with accrued interest (if any) on 28
April 2028 or any interest payment date thereafter. Early redemption of all the subordinated notes for certain tax or regulatory
events is permitted on an interest payment date. Early redemption is subject to certain conditions, including HBL obtaining the
Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) prior written approval and HBL being solvent at the time.
Ranking
The claims of the holders of the subordinated notes will rank:
- Behind the claims of all depositors and other creditors of HBL;
- equally with the claims of other holders of any other securities and obligations that rank equally with the subordinated
notes and;
- ahead of the rights of the HBL's shareholders and holders of any other securities and obligations of HBL that rank behind
the subordinated notes.
AUD Subordinated notes
On 28 June 2024, HBA, a subsidiary of the Banking Group, issued A$50 million of subordinated unsecured notes (AUD
Subordinated notes) pursuant to the terms of the Debt Issuance Programme in accordance with the laws of Australia. AUD
Subordinated notes are treated as Tier 2 capital under HBA regulatory capital requirements and will mature on 28 June 2034.
AUD
Subordinated notes do not qualify for treatment as Tier 2 capital under HBL regulatory capital requirements.
Interest payable
The interest rate is a floating rate equal to the sum of the applicable 3-month Bank Bill Swap Rate plus 3.7% Issue Margin. The
quarterly payment of interest in respect of the subordinated notes are subject to HBA being solvent at the time of, and
immediately following the interest payment.
Early Redemption
HBA may elect to repay the subordinated notes before 28 June 2034 in part or in full at their face value together with accrued
interest on 28 June 2029 or any interest payment date thereafter. Early redemption of all the subordinated notes for certain tax
or regulatory events is permitted on an interest payment date. Early redemption is subject to certain conditions, including HBA
obtaining the Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority (APRA) prior written approval and HBA being solvent at the time.
Ranking
The claims of the holders of the subordinated notes will rank:
- Behind the claims of all depositors and other creditors of HBA;
- equally with the claims of other holders of any other securities and obligations that rank equally with the subordinated
notes and;
- ahead of the rights of the HBA's shareholders and holders of any other securities and obligations of HBA that rank behind
the subordinated notes.
P. 34
14 Borrowings (continued)
Securitised borrowings
The Banking Group had the following securitised borrowings outstanding at balance sheet date:
Securitisation facility Contract June 2024 June 2023
$000's currency Limit Drawn Limit Drawn Maturity date
AUD NZD NZD
Heartland Auto Receivable Warehouse
(HARWT)
NZ - 600,000 484,422 400,000 227,054 27 March 2028
StockCo Securitisation Trust 2021-1 (StockCo)
1
AU 250,000 273,733 155,581 - - 16 December 2025
Seniors Warehouse Trust No. 2 (SWT2)
1
AU 750,000 821,198 596,669 - - 24 April 2026
Atlas 2020-1 Trust (Atlas)
2
AU -
- 132,722 - - 24 September 2050
Total securitisation borrowings 1,694,931 1,369,394 400,000 227,054
1
Australian dollar denominated securitisation facilities represent the Australian Banking Group's facilities resulting from the transfer of HAH and its
controlled entities to the Banking Group on 2 May 2024.
2
Atlas is a closed securitisation trust due to its predefined asset composition and outstanding borrowings balance, fixed throughout its operational life.
As such, there is no facility limit applicable to Atlas issued notes.
x HARWT notes issued to investors are secured over motor vehicle loans.
x StockCo notes issued to investors are secured over livestock loans.
x SWT2 and Atlas notes issued to investors are secured over reverse mortgage loans.
Net debt reconciliation
The below table sets out net cash and non-cash changes in liabilities arising from financing activities.
$000's
June 2024 June 2023
Balance as at beginning of year 615,126 749,478
Proceeds from wholesale borrowings 998,688 671,271
Repayment of wholesale borrowings (870,413) (753,838)
Proceeds from issue of unsubordinated notes 24,364 -
Repayment of unsubordinated notes (126,485) (150,000)
Proceeds from issue of subordinated debt 51,572 97,934
Total cash movements 77,726 (134,633)
Business combination under common control 1,341,420 -
Acquisition of debt from purchase of subsidiary 2,574 -
Capitalised interest and fee expense 3,779 754
Fair value movements 805 (473)
Foreign exchange and other movements (667) -
Total non-cash movements 1,347,911 281
Balances as at end of year 2,040,763 615,126
P. 35
15 Share capital and dividends
Policy
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognised as a
deduction from equity, net of any tax effect.
June 2024 June 2023
Number of Number of
000's Shares Shares
Issued shares
Opening balance 565,430 565,430
Shares issued during the year 464,830 -
Closing balance 1,030,260 565,430
On 26 April 2024 HBL issued 187,500,000 shares at $1.00 to HGH as consideration for capital injection from HGH to fund HBL’s
acquisition of CBL and provide growth capital to the Banking Group.
On 29 April 2024 HBL issued another 4,844,986 shares at $1.00 to HGH as consideration for the acquisition of the equity
investment in Harmoney Corp Limited (HMY) from HGH.
During the year HBL issued a further 272,485,225 shares to HGH as consideration for HAH and its subsidiaries transferred to CBL.
The issued and fully paid ordinary share capital is included in CET1 capital of the Banking Group. Refer to Note 29 - Capital
adequacy and regulatory liquidity ratios for further details.
Dividends paid
June 2024 June 2023
Date Declared $000's Date Declared $000's
Dividend to HGH 28 August 2023 43,000 22 August 2022 30,000
Dividend to HGH 26 February 2024 22,500 28 February 2023 30,000
Total dividends paid 65,500 60,000
P. 36
16 Other reserves
Foreign
Currency
Common Translation Cash flow
Control Reserve Fair Value Hedge
$000's Reserve (FCTR) Reserve Reserve Total
June 2024
Balance as at 30 June 2023 - - (1,567) 14,710 13,143
Business combination under common control
1
(81,660) - (4,011) 103 (85,568)
Movements attributable to net investments in foreign
operations
- (1,682) - - (1,682)
Movements attributable to fair value hedges - - 1,282 - 1,282
Movements attributable to cash flow hedges - - - (14,715) (14,715)
Income tax effect - - (357) 4,276 3,919
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) net of income tax - (1,682) 925 (10,439) (11,196)
Balance as at 30 June 2024 (81,660) (1,682) (4,653) 4,374 (83,621)
June 2023
Balance as at 30 June 2022 - - (1,034) 7,446 6,412
Movements attributable to fair value changes for the financial
instruments at FVOCI
- - (779) - (779)
Movements attributable to cash flow hedges - - - 9,682 9,682
Income tax effect - - 246 (2,418) (2,172)
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) net of income tax - - (533) 7,264 6,731
Balance as at 30 June 2023 - - (1,567) 14,710 13,143
1
Movements represent the components of equity of the transferred entities and the resulting common control reserve. Refer to Note 18 -
Acquisition for further details
.
FCTR
Exchange differences arising on the translation of the Banking Group’s foreign operations are accumulated in the Foreign currency
translation reserve and recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss when a
foreign operation is disposed of.
Fair value reserve
Includes changes in the fair value of investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of
tax. For debt securities, these changes are reclassified to the profit or loss when the asset is disposed. For equity securities, these
changes are not reclassified to the profit or loss when the asset is disposed.
Cash flow hedge reserve
This includes fair value gains and losses associated with the effective portion of the designated cash flow hedging instruments, net
of tax.
Common control reserve
Common control reserve represents the difference between the consideration paid and the share capital of the transferred
entities based on carrying amounts at the date of transfer.
P. 37
17 Other balance sheet items
Policy
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment (if any). Depreciation is
calculated on a straight line basis to write off the net cost or revalued amount of each asset over its expected life to its estimated
residual value.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Other assets
Trade receivables 194 381
GST receivables 4,376 275
Prepayments 6,091 4,280
Property, plant and equipment
1
22,009 13,993
Other receivables 2,227 668
Total other assets 34,897 19,597
1
Property, plant and equipment include rural property worth $7.8 million which has undergone a change in use from investment property
during the year.
Policy
Intangible assets
Intangible assets with finite useful lives
Software acquired or internally developed by the Banking Group is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and any
accumulated impairment losses. Expenditure on software assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic value of
that asset. Certain internal and external costs directly incurred in acquiring and developing software are capitalised when specific
criteria are met. Costs incurred on planning or evaluating software proposals during the research phase or on maintaining systems
after implementation are not capitalised. Amortisation of software is on a straight line basis, at rates which will write off the cost
over the assets’ estimated useful lives. The expected useful life of the software varies up to ten years.
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements
SaaS arrangements are service agreements that grant the Banking Group the right to access the cloud provider’s application
software over the contract period. Costs associated with configuring or customising the software, along with ongoing fees for
accessing the cloud provider's application, are recognised as operating expenses when the services are received.
Some of these costs pertain to developing software code that enhances or modifies, or creates additional capability to, existing
on-premise systems and qualifies as an intangible asset based on its definition and recognition criteria.
The Banking Group capitalises costs incurred in configuring or customising certain suppliers’ application software within specific
cloud computing arrangements as intangible assets as the Banking Group considers that it would benefit from those costs to
implement the cloud-based software over the expected terms of the cloud computing arrangements. However, such
capitalisation occurs only if the activities result in creating an intangible asset that the Banking Group has control over and meets
the necessary recognition criteria. Costs that do not meet the criteria for capitalisation as intangible assets are expensed as
incurred unless they are paid to the suppliers (or subcontractors of the supplier) of the cloud-based software to significantly
customise the cloud-based software for the Banking Group (i.e., such services are not distinct from the Banking Group’s right to
receive access to the supplier’s cloud-based software). In the latter case, the upfront costs are recorded as prepayments for
services and amortised over the expected terms of the cloud computing arrangements.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on acquisition represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the Banking Group’s interest in the fair
value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill that has an indefinite useful life is not subject to amortisation and is tested
for impairment annually. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
P. 38
17 Other balance sheet items (continued)
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Computer software
Software - cost
1
88,533 46,714
Software under development 4,680 26,664
Accumulated amortisation (37,443) (31,542)
Net carrying value of computer software 55,770 41,836
Goodwill 208,723 29,799
Net carrying value of goodwill 208,723 29,799
Total intangible assets 264,493 71,635
1
The increase in software - cost is related to capitalised costs associated with the core banking system upgrade completed during the year ended
30 June 2024.
Goodwill
For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to cash generating units. A Cash Generating Unit (CGU) is the
smallest identifiable group of assets that generate independent cash inflows. The Banking Group has assessed that goodwill
should be allocated to the smallest identifiable CGU or group of CGUs.
During the year, the Banking Group has recognised provisional goodwill from the acquisition of CBL and transfer of HAH and its
controlled entities from HGH to HBA (refer to Note 18 – Acquisition for further details).
Pursuant to the acquisition of CBL, CBL and the Australian reverse mortgage lending and livestock financing businesses were
transferred into HBA (collectively the Australian businesses). The performance of the Australian businesses is not monitored as
separate business units but rather aggregated within HBA. The management structure has also been reorganised to reflect this,
and general managers, responsible for product categories, report into one HBA management team. This represents the way in
which goodwill is monitored internally, and has resulted in a reallocation of goodwill to the group of CGUs represented by the
Australian businesses. There were no indicators of impairment of goodwill immediately prior to the acquisition and business
reorganisation.
CGU / Group of CGUs Goodwill
$000’s June 2024 June 2023
Heartland Bank Limited 29,799 29,799
Heartland Bank Australia Limited (previously Challenger Bank Limited)
1
178,924 -
Total goodwill 208,723 29,799
1
Recognised on acquisition of HBA on 30 April 2024 and transfer of HAH from HGH to HBA on 2 May 2024. Refer to Note 18 – Acquisition for
further details.
Impairment testing of goodwill
Further information about goodwill impairment tests performed for CGUs or group of CGUs is provided below.
Heartland Bank Limited (HBL) - $29.8 million
The recoverable amount of the CGU was determined on a value in use (VIU) basis using a discounted cash flow methodology. The
model uses a five-year cash flow forecast based on the latest budget approved by the respective Boards and extended out based
on long-term growth rates. The long-term growth rate applied to the future cash flows after year five of the forecast was 2.0%
(2023: 2.0%) and a discount rate of 10.0% (2023: 10.0%) for HBL was applied which reflects both past experience and external
sources of information. The goodwill impairment assessment indicates significant headroom, and that no foreseeable
adjustments to key assumptions such as growth rate or discount rate would lead to impairment.
P. 39
17 Other balance sheet items (continued)
Goodwill (continued)
HBA group of CGUs (comprising the CGUs of Heartland Bank Australia Limited, Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited and
StockCo Australia Group) - $178.9 million
The recoverable amount is determined based on fair value less cost to sell by using an earnings multiple applicable to the group of
CGUs. The category of this fair value is Level 3. Earnings multiples relating to the group of CGUs are sourced from publicly
available data associated with comparable Australasian Financial Services companies to the group of CGUs, and are applied to the
projected earnings for the next twelve months. The key assumption is the price-earnings (P/E) multiple observed for these
businesses, the average of which for the comparable businesses was in the range of 14.0x-16.0x. For goodwill to be impaired for
this group of CGUs, the forecast earnings for the next twelve months would need to decrease by between 15.9% to 26.4%.
No impairment losses have been recognised against the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended 30 June 2024 (2023: nil).
Policy
Employee benefits
Annual leave entitlements are accrued at amounts expected to be paid. Long service leave is accrued by calculating the probable
future value of the entitlements and discounting back to present value. Obligations to defined contribution superannuation
schemes are recognised as an expense when the contribution is paid.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables 15,747 12,439
Insurance liability 645 915
Employee benefits 9,997 6,158
Other tax payables 4,176 3,829
Collateral received on derivatives
1
2,384 27,609
Total trade and other payables 32,949 50,950
1
The Banking Group has accepted collateral arising from derivative transactions, included in Cash and cash equivalents. The decrease in the
carrying amount of cash collateral received is attributable to decrease in net asset positions on derivative balances
compared to 30 June 2023.
Refer to Note 31 - Offsetting financial instruments.
Policy
Leases
The Banking Group leases office space and car parks. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods but may have extension
options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions.
In determining the lease term, all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option are
considered. Extension options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended.
Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments and discounted using the Banking Group's
incremental borrowing rate (IBR). Carrying amounts are remeasured only upon reassessments and lease modifications.
Right of use assets are depreciated at the shorter of lease term or the Banking Group’s depreciation policy for that asset class.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Right of use assets
Balance at beginning of year 11,510 13,660
Depreciation charge for the year, included within depreciation expense in the income statement (2,459) (2,150)
Additions to right of use assets 6,468 -
Total right of use assets 15,519 11,510
Lease liability
Current 3,689 2,357
Non-current 14,087 11,121
Total lease liability 17,776 13,478
Interest expense relating to lease liability 689 434
P. 40
18 Acquisition
Policy
Business combination
The Banking Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities and
assets meets the definition of a business and control is transferred to the Banking Group. In determining whether a particular set
of activities and assets is a business, the Banking Group assesses whether the set of assets and activities consists of inputs and
processes applied to those inputs that have the ability to contribute to the creation of outputs.
The consideration transferred in the acquisition and any contingent consideration to be transferred are generally measured at fair
value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is initially measured at cost (being the excess of the aggregate of the
consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired) and is tested annually for impairment. Any gain on a
bargain purchase is recognised in profit or loss immediately. If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by
the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, the Banking Group reports provisional amounts for the items for
which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period (see below), or
additional assets or liabilities are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of
the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date. The measurement period is the
period from the date of acquisition to the date the Banking Group obtains complete information about facts and circumstances
that existed as of the acquisition date and does not exceed twelve months. Transaction cost related to the acquisition is
recognised as an expense in profit or loss when incurred with the exception of costs to issue debt or equity securities.
Business combination under common control
Acquisitions which result in a business combination involving common control entities, are outside the scope of NZ IFRS 3
Business Combinations (NZ IFRS 3). Accordingly, predecessor value method has been applied by the Banking Group to account for
such common control business combinations.
A business combination involving entities under common control is a business combination in which all the combining entities or
subsidiaries are ultimately controlled by the same party and parties both before and after the business combination, and that
control is not transitory. The assets and liabilities combined are recognised based on the carrying amounts at the date of transfer
and no adjustments are made to reflect the fair values. These amounts include any goodwill and other fair value adjustments
recorded at the consolidated level in respect of the transferred entity. The components of equity of the acquired entities are
added to the same components within the Banking Group equity and any difference between the consideration paid and the
share capital of the transferred entity is reflected within equity as a common control reserve.
On 30 April 2024 the Banking Group completed the acquisition of 100% shareholding in CBL from Challenger Limited. From 1 May
2024, CBL began trading as Heartland Bank Australia, with the legal name change from CBL to HBA occurring later in May 2024.
Total cash consideration in relation to the transaction was A$115.24 million (NZ$126.60 million) which is comprised of:
x the total purchase price of A$45.96 million (NZ$50.49 million), reflecting the initial purchase price of A$36.70 million
(NZ$40.31 million) plus A$9.26 million (NZ$10.17 million) of additional consideration due to the deposit raising
programme undertaken by CBL prior to completion, and
x an additional payment of A$69.28 million (NZ$76.10 million), reflecting the increased capital being held by CBL following
its pre-completion purchase of A$574.30 million (NZ$631.35 million) of reverse mortgages from HAH.
The deposit raising programme was requisite to the completion of the acquisition and is considered as part of the acquisition
transaction.
The Banking Group is assessing the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, and determining the related deferred
tax effects, if any, in line with the principles for estimating fair value adopted by the Banking Group. Values were provisionally
allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities on completion date based on available information. They may be adjusted during the
12 months following that date on the basis of new information obtained relating to facts and circumstances prevailing at completion
date.
Goodwill of A$21.19 million (NZ$23.21 million) has been recognised from the acquisition on a provisional basis. This is supported
by the enabled expansion through access to retail deposits, together with the anticipated synergies to be realised over the next few
years.
The provisional goodwill as at the acquisition date has been allocated to the Heartland Australia Bank Limited CGU (refer to Note
17 - Other balance sheet items for further details).
P. 41
18 Acquisition (continued)
Details of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired and the provisional goodwill arising from the acquisition of HBA are set
out as follows:
Provisional fair value
recognised on acquisition
$000's
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
292,211
Investments
367,739
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost
61,179
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages
635,609
Provision for impairment
(167)
Deferred tax asset
820
Other assets
860
Total assets 1,358,251
Liabilities
Deposits
1,249,375
Other borrowings
2,574
Trade and other payables
2,916
Total liabilities 1,254,865
Net assets acquired 103,386
Provisional goodwill arising on acquisition 23,205
Fair value of consideration
126,591
Cash flow on acquisition
Net cash acquired with the subsidiary
292,211
Net cash (inflow) on acquisition of subsidiary (165,620)
HBA has contributed interest income of A$14.86 million (NZ$16.15 million) and net loss of A$1.20 million (NZ$1.29 million) to the
Banking Group for the period from 30 April 2024 to 30 June 2024.
If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2023, it is estimated that the contribution to the Banking Group's interest income and
profit for the year ended 30 June 2024 would have been A$35.47 million (NZ$38.40 million) and A$8.90 million (NZ$9.60 million)
net loss respectively.
Transfer of HAH and its controlled entities
On 2 May 2024, HGH transferred to HBA 100% shareholding of its Australian subsidiaries, being Heartland Australia Holdings Pty
Limited (HAH) and its controlled entities, under the requirements of the varied conditions of HBA’s banking licence granted by
APRA. Transfer of HAH and its controlled entities from HGH to HBA is a reorganisation of entities under common control where
HBA, HAH and its controlled entities are under the ultimate control of HGH, before and after the transaction. NZ IFRS 3 does not
apply to business combinations under common control.
The Banking Group elected to apply predecessor value method for the recognition of assets and liabilities of HAH and its controlled
entities, including goodwill, at date of transfer. HBL issued shares to HGH in exchange for HAH and its controlled entities transferred
to HBA. Refer to Note 15 – Share capital and dividends for further details.
P. 42
18 Acquisition (continued)
Details of the consolidated book values of the assets and liabilities of HAH and its controlled entities transferred from HGH to HBA
are set out as follows:
Book value recognised
on transfer
$000's
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
125,085
Investments
1,972
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost
279,971
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages
1,072,410
Right of use assets
6,337
Other assets
1,814
Goodwill
156,274
Intangible assets
1,557
Deferred tax asset
853
Total assets 1,646,273
Liabilities
Other borrowings
1,341,419
Due to related parties
789
Lease liabilities
6,494
Tax liabilities
566
Trade and other payables
2,134
Total liabilities 1,351,402
Net assets 294,871
Equity
Share capital
212,953
Retained earnings
85,826
Other reserves (3,908)
Total equity 294,871
Common control reserve of $81.66 million has been recognised from the transfer of assets and liabilities of HAH and its controlled
entities. Refer to Note 16 - Other reserves for further details on equity movements from business combination under common
control.
HAH and its controlled entities contributed interest income of A$21.68 million (NZ$22.20 million) and net profit of A$0.63 million
(NZ$0.69 million) to the Banking Group for the period from 2 May to 30 June 2024.
If the transfer had occurred on 1 July 2023, it is estimated that the contribution to the Banking Group's interest income and profit
for the year ended 30 June 2024 would have been A$161.76 million (NZ$173.41 million) and A$18.06 million (NZ$19.42 million)
respectively.
P. 43
19 Related party transactions and balances
Policy
A person or entity is a related party under the following circumstances:
a) A person or a close member of that person's family if that person:
i) has control or joint control over the Bank;
ii) has significant influence over the Bank; or
iii) is a member of the key management personnel of the Bank.
b) An entity is related to the Bank if any of the following conditions applies:
i) The entity and the Bank are members of the same group;
ii) One entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity;
iii) Both entities are joint ventures of the same third party;
iv) One entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity;
v) The entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either the reporting entity or an entity
related to the bank;
vi) The entity is controlled, or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a); and
vii) A person identified in (a)(i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key management personnel of
q the entity (or of a parent of the entity).
(a) Transactions with key management personnel
Key management personnel (KMP), are those who, directly or indirectly, have authority and responsibility for planning, directing,
and controlling the activities of the Banking Group. This includes all executive staff and Directors.
KMP receive personal banking and financial investment services from the Banking Group in the ordinary course of business. The
terms and conditions, for example interest rates and collateral, and the risks to the Bank are comparable to transactions with
other employees and do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features.
All other transactions with KMP’s and their related parties are conducted in the ordinary course of business on commercial terms
and conditions.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Transactions with key management personnel
Interest income 159 123
Interest expense (43) (43)
Key management personnel compensation
Short-term employee benefits (2,876) (1,441)
Share-based plan benefit/(expense) - 14
Total transactions with key management personnel (2,760) (1,347)
Due from/(to) key management personnel
Lending 2,918 4,428
Borrowings - deposits (975) (855)
Total due from/(to) key management personnel 1,943 3,573
P. 44
19 Related party transactions and balances (continued)
(b) Transactions with related parties
The Banking Group's ultimate parent company is HGH.
The Bank has regular transactions with its ultimate parent company, fellow subsidiaries and subsidiaries (collectively known as the
Heartland Group) on agreed terms. The transactions include the provision of administrative services and customer operations.
Banking facilities are provided by HBL to other Banking Group entities on normal commercial terms as with other customers.
There is no lending from the Banking Group to HGH.
Seniors Warehouse Trust (SWT) forms part of Australian Seniors Finance Pty Ltd (ASF) reverse mortgage business and is set up by
ASF as an asset holding entity. During the year, HBL purchased A$80 million (NZ$87 million) of reverse mortgage loans from SWT
in the first half of the financial year and subsequently sold this portfolio to HBA post-acquisition. The transacted values
approximated fair values at transaction dates.
Related party transactions between the Banking Group entities eliminate on consolidation. Related party transactions outside of
the Banking Group are as follows:
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Heartland Group Holdings Limited (HGH)
Interest expense 219 122
Net deposits/(withdrawals) 17,900 (4,754)
Shares issued to HGH 491,572 -
Dividends paid to HGH
1
65,500 60,000
Management fees paid to HGH 9,003 11,013
Management fees received from HGH 5,203 4,596
Acquisition of equity investments from HGH
1
10,479 -
Transfer of HAH and its subsidiaries from HGH
2
294,871 -
1
Refer to Note 15 - Share capital and dividends for further details.
2
Refer to Note 18 - Acquisition note for further details.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited (ASF)
Management fees paid to ASF
- 5
Management fees received from ASF
1
388 4,517
Heartland Trust (HT)
Unclaimed monies paid to HT
- 20
Payment to HT for providing goods and services
- 10
1
Management fee disclosed is in relation to services received by ASF for the period from 1 July 2023 to 2 May 2024, prior to the transfer of HAH
and its controlled entities from HGH to HBA. Refer to Significant events section in the Note 1
- Financial statements preparation for further
details.
P. 45
19 Related party transactions and balances (continued)
(c) Due to related parties
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Due to
Heartland Group Holdings Limited
7,653 6,956
Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited
- 217
Total due to related parties 7,653 7,173
(d) Other balances with related parties
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Heartland Group Holdings Limited
Retail deposits owing to HGH 18,123 4
P. 46
20 Fair value
Policy
Fair value is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date.
On initial recognition, the transaction price generally represents the fair value of the financial instrument, unless there is
observable information from an active market that provides a more appropriate fair value.
The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities that are traded in active markets are based on quoted market prices or
dealer price quotations. For all other financial instruments, the Banking Group determines fair value using other valuation
techniques.
The Banking Group measures fair values using the following fair value hierarchy, which reflects the observability of the inputs
used in measuring fair value:
Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that
is, as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices).
Level 3 - Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
The Banking Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting period during
which the change has occurred.
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial asset and liability measured
at fair value on a recurring basis in the statement of financial position.
The Banking Group has an established framework in performing valuations required for financial reporting purposes including
Level 3 fair values. The Banking Group regularly reviews and calibrates significant unobservable inputs and valuation adjustments
in accordance with market participants’ views. If external valuation specialists are engaged to measure fair values, the Banking
Group assesses the evidence obtained from these specialists to support the conclusion of these valuations. All significant
valuations are reported to the Banking Group's Board Audit Committee for approval prior to its adoption in the financial
statements.
Investments in debt securities
Investments in public sector securities and corporate bonds are stated at FVOCI or FVTPL, with the fair value being based on
quoted market prices (Level 1 under the fair value hierarchy) or modelled using observable market inputs (Level 2 under the fair
value hierarchy). Refer to Note - 10 Investments for more details.
Investments valued under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are valued either based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes for
similar instruments, or discounted cash flows analysis.
Investments in equity securities
Investments in equity securities are classified at FVTPL unless an irrevocable election is made by the Banking Group to measure at
FVOCI. Investment in listed securities traded in liquid, active markets where prices are readily observable are measured under
Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy with no modelling or assumptions used in the valuation. Equity securities are measured at
FVOCI where they are not held for trading, the Banking Group doesn't have control or significant influence over the investee and
where an irrevocable election is made to measure them at FVOCI. These securities are measured at fair value with unrealised
gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income except for dividend income which is recognised in profit or loss.
Investments in unlisted equity securities are measured under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy with the fair value being based on
unobservable inputs using market accepted valuation techniques. Where appropriate, the Banking Group may apply adjustments
to the above-mentioned techniques to determine fair value of an equity security to reflect the underlying characteristics. These
adjustments are reflective of market participant considerations in valuing the said security.
P. 47
20 Fair value (continued)
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages
The reverse mortgage portfolio is classified and measured at FVTPL under NZ IFRS 9 Financial instruments (NZ IFRS 9). An
irrevocable election has been made by the Banking Group to not apply the new NZ IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts standard effective
from 1 July 2023. The review of the reverse mortgage portfolio valuation determined that the terms and conditions of these loan
contracts do not contain a component of significant insurance risk, therefore they continue to be treated under NZ IFRS 9
Financial Instruments classified at FVTPL under NZ IFRS.
On initial recognition the Banking Group considers the transaction price to represent the fair value of the loan, on the basis that
no reliable fair value can be estimated as there is no relevant active market and fair value cannot be reliably measured using other
valuation techniques under NZ IFRS 13 Fair value measurement.
For subsequent measurement, and at balance date, the Banking Group considered whether the fair value can be determined by
reference to a relevant active market or using a valuation technique that incorporates observable inputs but has concluded
relevant support is not currently available. In the absence of such market evidence the Banking Group has used the transaction
value (cash advanced plus accrued capitalised interest) for subsequent measurement. The Banking Group has used an actuarial
method to determine a proxy for the fair value that incorporates changes in the portfolio risk and expectations of the portfolio
performance. This includes inputs such as mortality and potential move into care, voluntary exits, house price changes, interest
rate margin and the no equity guarantee. This estimate is highly subjective and a wide range of plausible values are possible. The
estimate provides an indication of whether the transaction value is overstated.
The Banking Group does not consider that the actuarial estimate has moved outside of the original expectation range on initial
recognition. There has been no fair value movement recognised in profit or loss during the period (2023: nil). Fair value is not
sensitive to the above assumptions due to the nature of reverse mortgage loans. In particular, given conservative origination loan-
to-value ratio and security criteria, a material deterioration in house prices combined with a material increase in interest rates
over a sustained period of time would likely need to occur before any potential impact to fair value.
The Banking Group will continue to reassess the existence of a relevant active market and movements in expectations on an on-
going basis.
Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are recognised in the financial statements at fair value. Fair values are determined from
observable market prices as at the reporting date, discounted cash flow models or option pricing models as appropriate (Level 2
under the fair value hierarchy).
The following table analyses financial instruments measured at fair value at the reporting date by the level in the fair value
hierarchy into which each fair value measurement is categorised. The amounts are based on the values recognised in the
statement of financial position.
P. 48
20 Fair value (continued)
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)
$000's Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
June 2024
Assets
Investments 1,082,699 - 9,432 1,092,131
Derivative financial instruments - 12,316 - 12,316
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 2,897,818 2,897,818
Total financial assets measured at fair value 1,082,699 12,316 2,907,250 4,002,265
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments - 9,017 - 9,017
Total financial liabilities measured at fair value - 9,017 - 9,017
June 2023
Assets
Investments 315,192 - 1,819 317,011
Derivative financial instruments - 36,982 - 36,982
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 888,600 888,600
Total financial assets measured at fair value 315,192 36,982 890,419 1,242,593
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments - 7,624 - 7,624
Total financial liabilities measured at fair value - 7,624 - 7,624
There were no transfers between levels in the fair value hierarchy in the year ended 30 June 2024 (2023: nil).
P. 49
20 Fair value (continued)
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)
The movement in Level 3 assets measured at fair value are below:
Finance Receivables
$000's
- Reverse Mortgage Investments Total
June 2024
As at 30 June 2023
888,600 1,819 890,419
Additions - transfer from SWT to HBL
1
86,551 - 86,551
Additions - acquisition of HBA
2
635,609 - 635,609
Additions - transfer of HAH and its controlled entities from
HGH to HBA
2
1,072,410 1,972 1,074,382
New loans 245,920 - 245,920
Repayments (158,498) - (158,498)
Capitalised Interest and fees 128,925 - 128,925
Purchase of investments - 5,596 5,596
Fair value (loss) on investment - - -
Other
3
(1,699) 45 (1,654)
As at 30 June 2024
2,897,818 9,432 2,907,250
June 2023
As at 30 June 2022 721,264 1,503 722,767
New loans 193,845 - 193,845
Repayments (96,753) - (96,753)
Capitalised Interest and fees 70,168 - 70,168
Purchase of investments - 316 316
Other
3
76 - 76
As at 30 June 2023
888,600 1,819 890,419
1
Refer to Note 19 - Related party transactions and balances.
2
Refer to Note 18 - Acquisition.
3
This relates to foreign currency translation differences for the assets.
P. 50
20 Fair value (continued)
(b) Financial instruments not measured at fair value
The following assets and liabilities of the Banking Group are not measured at fair value in the statement of financial position.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are measured at amortised cost and their carrying value is considered equivalent to their fair value due
to their short term nature.
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost
The fair value of the Banking Group's finance receivables is calculated using a valuation technique which assumes the Banking
Group's current weighted average lending rates for loans of a similar nature and term.
Finance receivables with a floating interest rate are deemed to be at current market rates. The current amount of credit
provisioning has been deducted from the fair value calculation of finance receivables as a proxy for future losses.
Borrowings
The fair value of deposits, bank borrowings and other borrowings is the present value of future cash flows and is based on the
current market interest rates payable by the Banking Group for debt of similar maturities.
Other financial assets and financial liabilities
The fair value of all other financial instruments is considered equivalent to their carrying value due to their short-term nature.
The following table sets out financial instruments not measured at fair value where the carrying value does not approximate fair
value, compares their carrying value against their fair value and analyses them by level in the fair value hierarchy.
June 2024 June 2023
Total Total
Fair Value Total Fair Carrying Fair Value Total Fair Carrying
$000's Hierarchy Value Value Hierarchy Value Value
Assets
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost Level 3 4,146,692 4,266,946 Level 3 3,700,196 3,954,800
Total financial assets 4,146,692 4,266,946 3,700,196 3,954,800
Liabilities
Deposits Level 2 5,973,492 5,967,239 Level 2 4,130,330 4,131,029
Other borrowings Level 2 2,042,396 2,040,763 Level 2 615,061 615,126
Total financial liabilities 8,015,888 8,008,002 4,745,391 4,746,155
P. 51
20 Fair value (continued)
(c) Classification of financial instruments
The following tables summarise the categories of financial instruments and the carrying value of all financial instruments of the
Banking Group:
FVOCI Total
FVOCI Debt Amortised Carrying
$000's Equity Securities FVTPL Cost Value
June 2024
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents - - - 627,969 627,969
Investments 7,575 371,816 712,740 - 1,092,131
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost - - - 4,266,946 4,266,946
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 2,897,818 - 2,897,818
Derivative financial instruments - - 12,316 - 12,316
Other financial assets - - - 2,421 2,421
Total financial assets 7,575 371,816 3,622,874 4,897,336 8,899,601
Liabilities
Deposits - - - 5,967,239 5,967,239
Other borrowings - - - 2,040,763 2,040,763
Derivative financial instruments - - 9,017 - 9,017
Due to related parties - - - 7,653 7,653
Other financial liabilities - - - 18,776 18,776
Total financial liabilities - - 9,017 8,034,431 8,043,448
June 2023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents - - - 216,044 216,044
Investments - 315,192 1,819 - 317,011
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost - - - 3,954,800 3,954,800
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 888,600 - 888,600
Derivative financial instruments - - 36,982 - 36,982
Other financial assets - - - 1,050 1,050
Total financial assets - 315,192 927,401 4,171,894 5,414,487
Liabilities
Deposits - - - 4,131,029 4,131,029
Other borrowings - - - 615,126 615,126
Derivative financial instruments - - 7,624 - 7,624
Due to related parties - - - 7,173 7,173
Other financial liabilities - - - 40,963 40,963
Total financial liabilities - - 7,624 4,794,291 4,801,915
P. 52
Risk Management
21 Enterprise risk management program
The board of directors (the Board) sets and monitors the Banking Group’s risk appetite across the primary risk domains of credit,
capital, liquidity, market (including interest rate and foreign exchange), operational and compliance and general business risk.
Management is, in turn, responsible for ensuring appropriate structures, policies, procedures and information systems are in
place to actively manage these risk domains, as outlined within the Risk Management Strategy and Framework document
(RMS&F). Collectively, these processes are known as the Bank’s Enterprise Risk Management Program (RMP).
The RMS&F supersedes HBL’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) and has been developed to accommodate changes
in the Banking Group's operating environment, arising from the acquisition and integration of HBA, and is aligned with HBA’s own
Risk Management Strategy document that reflects Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) regulatory requirements in
addition to the HBL’s existing RMS&F that supports the RBNZ prudential risk management requirement.
Role of the Board and the Board Risk Committee
The Board, through its Board Risk Committee (BRC) is responsible for oversight and governance of the development of the RMP.
The role of the BRC is to assist the Board to formulate its risk appetite, and to monitor the effectiveness of the RMP. The BRC has
specific responsibilities over the following areas:
x The Board's Risk Appetite Statement (RAS).
x Heartland’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Program (ICAAP) including appropriate stress testing scenarios.
x The effectiveness of the RMS&F and internal compliance and risk related policies, including approval or variation of policies,
procedures and standards.
x Respond to changes anticipated in the economic, business and regulatory environment.
x Conduct, culture and customer outcomes, including emerging risks and any areas of concern.
x Credit exposures of the Bank, including the Delegated Lending Authority Policy and Framework.
x New products, including the process for approval of new products.
x Consideration of risks associated with pursuit of strategy.
x Forming a view on risk culture supporting effective management of risks.
The BRC consists of three non-executive directors. Two members of the BRC sit on the Board Audit Committee (BAC). In addition,
HBL CEO, HBL Chief Risk Officer (CRO), Head of Internal Audit and the HBL Chief Financial Officer (CFO) (or their nominee, subject
to the Chair’s prior approval) attend the BRC meetings, and the directors who are not members of the BRC are entitled to attend
meetings and to receive copies of the BRC papers.
Board Audit Committee
The BAC focuses on financial reporting and application of accounting policies as part of the internal control and risk assessment
framework. The BAC provides oversight of the independent evaluation of the effectiveness of RMS&F processes and ensure
corrective action is taken. This work is supported by Internal Audit, which provides an independent assessment of the design,
adequacy and effectiveness of internal controls. The BAC receives regular reports from Internal Audit.
Charters for both the BRC and the BAC ensure suitable cross representation to allow effective communication pertaining to
identified issues with oversight by the Board. HBL CRO has a direct reporting line to the Chair of the BRC. The Head of
Internal Audit has a direct reporting line to the Chair of the BAC.
Internal Audit
The Banking Group has an Internal Audit function, the objective of which is to provide independent, objective assurance over the
internal control environment. In certain circumstances, Internal Audit will provide risk and control advice to Management
provided the work does not impede the independence of the Internal Audit function. The function assists The Banking Group in
accomplishing its objectives by bringing a systematic and disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of risk
management, control, and governance processes.
P. 53
21 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Internal Audit (continued)
Internal Audit is allowed full, free and unfettered access to any and all of the organisation’s records, personnel and physical
properties deemed necessary to accomplish its activities.
A regular cycle of review has been implemented to cover all areas of the business, focused on assessment, management and
control of risks identified. The audit plan takes into account cyclical review of various business units and operational areas, as
well as identified areas of higher identified risk. The audit methodology is designed to meet the International Standards for the
Professional Practice of Internal Auditing of The Institute of Internal Auditors.
Group Asset and Liability Committee (GALCO)
The GALCO is a Banking Group management committee consisting of members from HBL and HBA which informs and supports
the HBL BRC by providing consolidated oversight of risks of the Banking Group’s assets and liabilities across both HBL and HBA in
relation to market risk, liquidity risk, balance sheet structure and capital management through:
x Ensuring compliance of the Banking Group with risk limits and governance requirements.
x Recommending policies for approval and changes to risk tolerances to BRC and BAC.
x Setting the strategic direction for asset and liability management, to be reflected in the asset and liability management
policy.
x Monitoring, assessing and proactively reacting to trends in the economy, interest rates, and foreign exchange rates to limit
any potential adverse impact on earnings.
Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO)
The ALCO is a New Zealand Banking Group management committee comprising HBL CEO, HBL CFO, HBL CRO, Head of Retail and
Group Treasurer of HBL. The ALCO meets monthly and has responsibility for overseeing aspects of risk management of the New
Zealand Banking Group's financial position. ALCO's specific responsibilities include decision making and oversight of risk matters in
relation to market risk, liquidity risk, balance sheet structure, capital management through:
x Ensuring adequate controls, processes, and systems are established to identify, measure, and manage market, liquidity and
funding risk.
x Monitoring the performance and effectiveness of risk management activities.
x Monitoring and recommending interest rate pricing levels for all loan assets and funding products.
Executive Risk Committee (ERC)
The ERC comprises the HBL CEO, HBL CRO, HBL CFO, HBL Group Treasurer and Head of Internal Audit. The ERC has responsibility
for overseeing risk aspects including internal control environment to ensure that residual risk is consistent with the Banking
Group’s risk appetite. The ERC generally meets monthly, and minutes are made available to the BRC. ERC’s specific responsibilities
include decision making and oversight of operational risk, compliance risk and credit risk.
Climate-related risks
Climate-related risks are integrated into the Banking Group's overall risk management strategy and processes.
Risk Management
HBL has a defined risk tolerance for climate-related risk, which is monitored as part of HBL's respective RAS, reviewed, and
updated at least annually to incorporate necessary changes and consider any new material emerging risks.
For HBL, climate-related risks primarily manifest as credit risk. HBL's business strategy outlines its credit appetite for business
lending, reviewed at least annually with consideration given to climate-related risks. HBL's credit risk management processes
incorporate consideration of climate-related risks for the HBL's large customers initially at onboarding and subsequently during
annual reviews. Climate-related risks for HBL's portfolio-managed exposures are continually monitored.
P. 54
21 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Climate-related risks (continued)
Risk Management (continued)
HBL conducts an annual ICAAP to ensure adequate capital in relation to its risk profile, including climate-related risks. The
Banking Group's Enterprise Operational Risk Assessment identifies and assists in the proactive management of the most critical
operational risks, including climate-related risks, by establishing inherent and residual risk ratings to monitor risk exposure.
All Banking Group business units are required to review their risk and control self-assessment (RCSA) at least annually. The RCSA
primarily focuses on key operational risks and considers climate-related risks where relevant.
The Australian Banking Group's credit risk management processes also incorporate consideration of climate-related risks.
Governance
The Board is responsible for the Banking Group's corporate governance, strategy and risk appetite ensuring climate-related risks
and opportunities are considered. Oversight, assessment and management of climate-related risks and opportunities occur within
HBL and HBA given their direct involvement in business operations and decision-making.
The HGH Sustainability Committee meets at least quarterly to consider climate-related risks and opportunities and provide
updates, guidance, and leadership regarding climate initiatives to the Board. HBL and HBA benefit from the work carried out by
the HGH Sustainability Committee, although they have their own Boards of Directors and management teams.
The ERC receives monthly updates on risk appetite and status, including the status of climate-related risks, as well as quarterly
Climate Change Composite Assessment capturing HBL and HBA climate-related risks.
HBL and HBA management are responsible for executing the initiatives, metrics and targets allocated based on accountability.
Strategy
The Banking Group's sustainability strategy continues to evolve with the ongoing commitment to reducing its direct
environmental impact, creating business practices that support positive environmental outcomes and fostering an internal culture
of environmental awareness. The Banking Group's strategy is built upon three pillars:
x building the capability to appropriately take climate change risks into consideration when making lending decisions,
x funding borrowers' transition to a net-zero economy; and
x embedding sustainability into every aspect of the Banking Group's operations.
The Banking Group integrates climate-related risks and opportunities into its wider business strategy, supported by ongoing
monitoring of these risks through specific metrics and set targets focused on sustainable finance and its own operational
emissions.
The Banking Group assesses the impact of climate-related risks on its financial position and performance. Although climate
change introduces an element of uncertainty, the Banking Group has determined that climate-related risks do not have a material
impact on the judgements, assumptions, and estimates for the year ended 30 June 2024. HGH will release its Climate Report for
the year ended 30 June 2024 by 31 October 2024, providing further details on the Banking Group's approach to climate-related
risks.
A copy of the Climate Report will be available on HGH’s website at https://www.heartlandgroup.info/sustainability.
Operational and compliance risk
Operational and compliance risk is the risk arising from day to day operational activities in the execution of the Banking Group's
strategy which may result in direct or indirect loss. Operational and compliance risk losses can occur as a result of fraud, human
error, missing or inadequately designed processes, failed systems, damage to physical assets, improper behaviour or from
external events. The losses range from direct financial losses to reputational damage, unfavourable media attention, injury to or
loss of staff or clients or as a breach of laws or banking regulations. Where appropriate, risks are mitigated by insurance.
P. 55
21 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Operational and compliance risk (continued)
To ensure appropriate responsibility is allocated for the management, reporting and escalation of operational and compliance
risk, the Banking Group operates a “three lines of defence” model which outlines principles for the roles, responsibilities and
accountabilities for operational and compliance risk management:
x The first line of defence is the business line management of the identification, management and mitigation of the risks
associated with the products and processes of the business. This accountability includes regular testing and attestation of the
adequacy and effectiveness of controls and compliance with the Banking Group's policies.
x The second line of defence is the Risk and Compliance function, responsible for the overall management of enterprise risk. It
incorporates key processes including governance oversight, RCSA, incident management, targeted independent evaluation of
the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control framework and the attestation process.
x The third line of defence provides independent assurance on the design and effectiveness of the risk frameworks, the
effectiveness of the first and second lines of defence, and the effectiveness of the Banking Group's policies, procedures, and
systems. The third line assurance incorporates the internal audit and external audit functions and extends to any other
independent review activities.
The Banking Group’s exposure to operational and compliance risk is governed by a RAS approved by the Board and is used to
guide management activities. This statement sets out the nature of risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, which are
monitored by the ERC.
Market risk
Market risk is the possibility of experiencing losses or gains due to factors affecting the overall performance of financial markets
in which the Banking Group is exposed. The primary market risk exposures for the Banking Group are interest rate risk and
foreign exchange risk. The risk being that market interest rates or foreign exchange rates will change and adversely impact on the
Banking Group’s earnings due to either adverse moves in foreign exchange market rates or in the case of interest rate risks
mismatches between repricing dates of interest bearing assets and liabilities and/or differences between customer pricing and
wholesale rates.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk refers to exposure of an entity’s earnings and / or capital because of a mismatch between the interest rate
exposures of its assets and liabilities. Interest rate risk for the Banking Group arises from the provision of non-traded retail
banking products and services and from traded wholesale transactions entered into to reduce aggregate interest rate risk (known
as hedges). This risk arises from the following key sources:
x Mismatches between the repricing dates of interest-bearing assets and liabilities (yield curve and repricing risk);
x Banking products repricing differently to changes in wholesale market rates (basis risk);
x Loan prepayment or deposit early withdrawal behaviour from customers that deviates from the expected or contractually
agreed behaviour (optionality risk);
x The effect of internal or market forces on a bank’s net interest margin where, for example, in a low rate environment any fall
in rates will further decrease interest income earned on the assets whereas funding cost cannot be reduced as it is already at
the minimum level (margin compression risk); and
x The risk that the fair value of financial instruments will change when interest rates change (price risk). This is particularly
relevant for the Banking Group's fair-valued assets, such as its liquid asset portfolio, which the fair value of is relied upon to
support the Banking Group's funding requirements.
Refer to Note 25 - Interest rate risk for further details regarding interest rate risk.
Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange (FX) risk arises from a change in FX rates for assets, liabilities, profit, or income denominated in an entity’s non-
functional currency. Functional currency is the currency in which an entity primarily operates.
P. 56
21 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Market risk (continued)
Foreign exchange risk (continued)
FX Risk has the below components:
x Structural FX risk refers to the risk that an entity is exposed to when its assets, liabilities, or capital resources are
denominated in a currency that is different to its reporting currency. This risk does not impact earnings unless and until the
investment is sold. However, it does impact shareholder equity through revaluations of the net asset value through the
foreign currency translation reserve.
x Profit translation risk is the risk that deviations in exchange rates significantly impact the translated value of a foreign
currency-based operation’s profit, creating volatility in the entity’s reported profit.
x Balance sheet translation risk - arises from monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. Movements in
FX rates change the equivalent value of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities through the entity’s reported
profit.
The Banking Group’s investment of capital in foreign currency operations generates an exposure to changes in foreign exchange
rates. The Banking Group has exposure to foreign currency translation risks through its Australian subsidiaries which have
functional currency of Australian dollars (AUD). Variations in the value of these foreign currency operations arising as a result of
exchange differences are reflected in the foreign currency translation reserve in equity. The Banking Group incurs some non-
traded foreign currency risk related to the potential repatriation of profits from its Australian subsidiaries.
The Banking Group does not currently hedge its net investments in foreign operations except in circumstances where there is a
material exposure arising from a currency that is anticipated to be volatile, and the hedging is cost effective. This risk is routinely
monitored, and hedging is conducted where it is likely to add shareholder value.
The Banking Group’s sensitivity to movements in the FX rates arises mainly from the translation of the profit generated by its
Australian subsidiaries and the AUD-denominated monetary assets and liabilities. The Banking Group’s FX sensitivity analysis is
based on the Australian subsidiaries' annual profit for the year ended 30 June 2024 representing an annual exposure to profit
translation risk, had the Australian subsidiaries been acquired by the Banking Group at the beginning of the financial year.
Additionally, it incorporates the exposure to the Bank’s AUD-denominated cash balance as at the reporting date.
The following sensitivity analysis measures the impact on the Banking Group’s net profit after tax and equity from a reasonably
possible movements in AUD/NZD exchange rates, given the historical exchange rate volatility, with all other variables remaining
constant.
$000's Impact on profit
before tax
Impact on
equity
Impact on profit
before tax
Impact on
equity
As at 30 June 2024 As at 30 June 2023
1
AUD/NZD exchange rate - increase 1% (173) (124) - -
AUD/NZD exchange rate - decrease 1% 176 127 - -
1
The impact from foreign currency exposure on the Banking Group's net profit and equity for the year ended 30 June 2023 was not material.
Counterparty Credit Risk
Counterparty credit risk is the risk that the Banking Group’s earnings and/or capital are adversely impacted by the default of a
counterparty.
The Banking Group has on-going credit exposure associated with:
x Cash and cash equivalents;
x Finance receivables;
x Holding of investment securities; and
x Payments owed to the Banking Group from risk management instruments.
Counterparty credit risk is managed against limits set in the Market Risk Policy including credit exposure on derivative contracts,
bilateral set-off arrangements, cash and cash equivalents and investment securities.
P. 57
22 Credit risk exposure
Credit risk is the risk that a borrower will default on any type of debt by failing to make payments which it is obligated to make.
The risk is primarily that of the lender and includes loss of principal and interest, disruption to cash flows and increased collection
costs.
Credit risk is managed to achieve sustainable risk-reward performance whilst maintaining exposures within acceptable risk
“appetite” parameters. This is achieved through the combination of governance, policies, systems and controls, underpinned by
commercial judgement as described below.
To manage this risk the ERC oversees the formal credit risk management strategy. The ERC reviews the Banking Group's credit risk
exposures typically on a monthly basis. The credit risk management strategies aim to ensure that:
x Credit origination meets agreed levels of credit quality at point of approval;
x Sector concentrations are monitored;
x Maximum total exposure to any one debtor is actively managed;
x Changes to credit risk are actively monitored with regular credit reviews.
The BRC also oversees the Banking Group's credit risk exposures to monitor overall risk metrics having regard to risk appetite set
by the Board.
The BRC has authority from the Board for approval of all credit exposures. Lending authority has been provided by the BRC to the
Banking Group's Credit Committee, and to the business units under a detailed Delegated Lending Authority framework.
Application of credit discretions in the business operation are monitored through a defined review and hindsight structure as
outlined in the Credit Risk Oversight Policy. Delegated Lending Authorities are provided to individual officers with due cognisance
of their experience and ability. Larger and higher risk exposures require approval of senior management, the Credit Committee
and ultimately through to the BRC.
The Banking Group employs a credit risk oversight process of hindsighting loans to ensure that credit policies and the quality of
credit processes are maintained.
HBA Board has authority for approval for all credit exposures for HBA and its subsidiaries.
Reverse mortgage loans and negative equity risk
Reverse mortgage loans are a form of mortgage lending designed for the needs of people over 60 years of age. These loans differ
to conventional mortgages in that they typically are not repaid until the borrower ceases to reside in the property. Further,
interest is not required to be paid, it is capitalised into the loan balance and is repayable on termination of the loan. As such,
there are no incoming cash flows and therefore no default risk to manage during the term of the loan. Negative equity risk arises
from the promise by the Banking Group that the maximum repayment amount is limited to the net sale proceeds of the
borrowers' property.
The Banking Group’s exposure to negative equity risk is managed via lending standards specific for this product. In addition to
usual criteria regarding the type, and location, of security property that the Banking Group will accept for reverse mortgage
lending, a key aspect of the Banking Group's policy is that a borrower’s age on origination of the reverse mortgage loan will
dictate the loan-to-value ratio of the reverse mortgage on origination. New Zealand and Australia reverse mortgage lending
standards and operations are well aligned.
Business Finance Guarantee Scheme (BFGS)
The Bank, along with other registered banks in New Zealand, has entered into a Deed of Indemnity with the New Zealand
Government to implement the New Zealand Government's Business Finance Guarantee Scheme (the Scheme). The purpose of the
Scheme is to provide short term credit to eligible small and medium size businesses, who have been impacted by the economic
effects of COVID-19. The scheme allowed banks to lend to a maximum of $5 million for a maximum of five years. The New Zealand
Government will guarantee 80% of any loss incurred (credit risk) with the Bank holding the remaining 20%. The Scheme concluded
on 30 June 2021. As at 30 June 2024 the Bank had a total exposure of $42.2 million (2023: $54.8 million) to its customers under
this Scheme.
P. 58
22 Credit risk exposure (continued)
North Island Weather Events (NIWE) Loan Guarantee Scheme
On 31 July 2023, the Bank entered into a Deed of Indemnity with the New Zealand Government to implement the North Island
Weather Events Loan Guarantee Scheme. The supported loans are intended to assist New Zealand businesses to manage the
impacts of the North Island Weather Events (during Auckland Anniversary weekend 2023). The facility limit for each supported
loan must not exceed $10 million for a maximum of 5 years. The New Zealand Government will guarantee 80% of any loss
incurred (credit risk) with the Bank holding the remaining 20%. The Scheme concluded on 30 June 2024. As at 30 June 2024 the
Bank had supported loans under this scheme of $33.2 million.
Maximum exposure to credit risk at the relevant reporting dates
The following table represents the maximum credit risk exposure, without taking account of any collateral held. The on balance
sheet exposures set out below are based on net carrying amounts as reported in the statement of financial position.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
On balance sheet:
Cash and cash equivalents 627,969 216,044
Investments 1,092,131 315,192
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost 4,266,946 3,954,800
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 2,897,818 888,600
Derivative financial assets 12,316 36,982
Other financial assets 2,421 1,050
Total on balance sheet credit exposures 8,899,601 5,412,668
Off balance sheet:
Letters of credit, guarantee commitments and performance bonds 3,130 7,378
Undrawn facilities available to customers 554,307 310,423
Conditional commitments to fund at future dates 9,947 24,873
Total off balance sheet credit exposures 567,384 342,674
Total credit exposures 9,466,985 5,755,342
Concentration of credit risk by geographic region
$000's June 2024 June 2023
New Zealand 5,804,412 5,538,346
Australia 3,522,266 1,137
Rest of the world
1
216,628 268,004
9,543,306 5,807,487
Provision for impairment (76,321) (52,145)
Total credit exposures 9,466,985 5,755,342
1
These overseas assets are primarily NZD-denominated investments in AA+ (Standard & Poor's) and high quality investment grade securities
issued by offshore supranational agencies ("Kauri Bonds").
P. 59
22 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Concentration of credit risk by industry sector
The Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes have been used as the basis for categorising
customer and investee across industry sectors.
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Agriculture 1,084,889 781,065
Forestry and fishing 113,264 130,055
Mining 10,276 8,266
Manufacturing 69,799 80,729
Finance and insurance 1,757,056 722,404
Wholesale trade 40,561 46,053
Retail trade and accommodation 376,927 402,146
Households 4,715,535 2,432,860
Other business services 302,035 198,377
Construction 338,998 336,333
Rental, hiring and real estate services 196,329 205,079
Transport and storage 431,665 359,865
Other 105,972 104,255
9,543,306 5,807,487
Provision for impairment (76,321) (52,145)
Total credit exposures 9,466,985 5,755,342
Credit exposures to connected persons
The Banking Group's methodology for calculating credit exposure concentrations is on the basis of actual credit exposures and
calculated on a gross basis (net of individual credit impairment allowances and excluding advances of a capital nature) in
accordance with the Bank's conditions of registration and the Reserve Bank's Connected Exposures Policy (BS8). Peak end-of-day
credit exposures to non-bank connected persons are calculated using the Banking Group’s Tier 1 capital at the end of the
reporting period.
In accordance with its conditions of registration, the Banking Group must comply with all requirements set out in the RBNZ’s
standard BS8 Connected Exposures effective from 1 October 2023. Exposures to connected persons are not on more favourable
terms than corresponding exposures to non-connected persons.
P. 60
22 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Credit exposures to connected persons (continued)
Peak End-of-Day for
As at June 2024 Year Ended June 2024
Credit exposures to connected persons ($000's) 2 12,190
As a percentage of Tier 1 capital of the Banking Group at end of the year (%) 0.00% 1.36%
Credit exposures to non-bank connected persons ($000's) 2 12,190
As a percentage of Tier 1 capital of the Banking Group at end of the year (%) 0.00% 1.36%
As at 30 June 2024, the Banking Group had no aggregate contingent exposures to connected persons arising from unfunded
contingent credit protection arrangements provided by any connected persons. The aggregate amount of the Banking Group's
loss allowance for credit exposures to connected persons that are credit-impaired was nil at 30 June 2024.
Credit exposure to individual counterparties
The Banking Group’s aggregate concentration of credit exposure to individual counterparties is calculated based on the actual
credit exposure. Credit exposures to connected persons, the central government or central bank of any country with a long term
credit rating of A- or A3 or above, or its equivalent, and any supranational or quasi-sovereign agency with a long-term credit
rating of A- or A3 or above, or its equivalent are excluded.
The peak end-of-day aggregate concentration of credit exposure to individual counterparties has been calculated by determining
the maximum end-of-day aggregate amount of credit exposure over the relevant six-month period and then dividing the amount
by the Banking Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital as 30 June 2024.
Number of Exposures
Number of Exposures
Peak End-of-Day over
As at June 2024 6 Months to June 2024
Exposures to banks
With a long-term credit rating of A- or A3 or above, or its equivalent:
10% to less than 15% of CET1 capital - -
15% to less than 20% of CET1 capital - 1
20% to less than 25% of CET1 capital 2 2
25% to less than 30% of CET1 capital - -
With a long-term credit rating of at least BBB- or Baa3, or its equivalent, and
at most BBB+ or Baa1, or its equivalent
- -
Exposures to non-banks
Total number of exposures to non-banks that are greater than 10% to less
than 15% of CET1 capital
that have a long-term credit rating of A- or A3 or
above.
1 1
Total number of exposures to non-banks that are greater than 10% to less
than 15% of CET1 capital that do not have a long-term credit rating.
- 1
P. 61
22 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Collateral held
The Banking Group employs a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk and has internal policies on the acceptability of
specific classes of collateral. Collateral is held as security to support credit risk on finance receivables and enforced in satisfying
the debt in the event contractual repayment obligations are not met. The collateral held for mitigating credit risk for the Banking
Group’s lending portfolios is outlined below.
Reverse mortgage and Residential mortgage loans
Reverse mortgage loans are secured by a first mortgage over a residential property which is typically a customer’s primary
residential dwelling, residential investment property or holiday home. Residential mortgage loans are secured by a residential
mortgage over an owner-occupied property located in an approved urban area.
Corporate lending
Business lending including rural lending is typically secured by way of a charge over property and/or specific security agreement
over relevant business assets, and, where considered appropriate, a general security agreement to provide the ability to control
cash flows.
Other lending
Other lending comprises personal loans, primarily motor loans, which are secured by a motor vehicle or a boat; and other shorter
term smaller personal loans which are predominantly unsecured.
The Banking Group analyses the coverage of the loan portfolio which is secured by the collateral it holds.
Coverage is measured by the value of security as a proportion of loan balance outstanding and classified as follows:
Fully secured Greater or equal to 100%
Partially secured 1% - 99.9%
Unsecured No security held
The Banking Group’s loan portfolio have the following coverage from collateral held on credit-impaired loans:
Corporate Residential All Other
June 2024
Fully Secured 47% 100% 69%
Partially Secured 37% - 10%
Unsecured 16% - 21%
Total 100% 100% 100%
June 2023
Fully Secured 53% 100% 72%
Partially Secured 39% - 10%
Unsecured 8% - 18%
Total 100% 100% 100%
P. 62
23 Asset quality
The disclosures in this note are categorised by the following credit risk concentrations:
Corporate Business lending including rural lending.
Residential Lending secured by a first ranking mortgage over a residential property used primarily for residential purposes
either by the mortgagor or a tenant of the mortgagor
.
All Other This relates primarily to consumer lending to individuals.
Information is not presented in respect of other financial assets or credit related contingent liabilities as the related allowances
for ECL are not material to the Banking Group.
(a) Past due but not individually impaired
$000's Corporate Residential All Other Total
June 2024
Less than 30 days past due 58,075 1,490 40,042 99,607
At least 30 but less than 60 days past due 28,021 251 16,461 44,733
At least 60 but less than 90 days past due 19,470 1,590 8,266 29,326
At least 90 days past due 71,021 1,098 46,276 118,395
Total past due but not individually impaired 176,587 4,429 111,045 292,061
June 2023
Less than 30 days past due 4,515 151 4,685 9,351
At least 30 but less than 60 days past due 31,739 - 12,358 44,097
At least 60 but less than 90 days past due 6,514 300 4,543 11,357
At least 90 days past due 35,775 401 36,162 72,338
Total past due but not individually impaired 78,543 852 57,748 137,143
(b) Credit risk grading
The Banking Group's finance receivables are monitored either by account behaviour (Behavioural portfolio) or a regular
assessment of their credit risk grade based on an objective review of defined risk characteristics (Judgemental portfolio).
The Judgemental portfolio consists mainly of business and rural lending where an on-going and detailed working relationship with
the customer has been developed while the Behavioural portfolio consists of consumer, retail and smaller business receivables.
Judgemental loans are individually risk graded based on loan status, financial information, security and debt servicing ability.
Exposures in the Judgemental portfolio are credit risk graded by an internal risk grading mechanism where grade 1 is the
strongest risk. Grade 8 and grade 9 are the weakest risk grades where a loss is probable. Behavioural loans are managed based on
their arrears status.
P. 63
23 Asset quality (continued)
(b) Credit risk grading (continued)
All loans past due but not impaired have been categorised into three impairment stages (refer to Note 23 – Asset quality (c))
which are in most cases based on arrears status. If a Judgemental loan is risk graded 6 or above it will be classified as stage 2 as a
minimum and carry a provision based on lifetime expected credit losses.
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
June 2024
Judgemental portfolio
Grade 1 - Very Strong 183,354 - - - 183,354
Grade 2 - Strong 40,557 - - - 40,557
Grade 3 - Sound 167,230 5,556 536 - 173,322
Grade 4 - Adequate 505,177 14,142 6,940 - 526,259
Grade 5 - Acceptable 977,495 41,505 36,206 - 1,055,206
Grade 6 - Monitor - 120,611 12,028 - 132,639
Grade 7 - Substandard - 47,328 17,225 - 64,553
Grade 8 - Doubtful - - 141 88,549 88,690
Grade 9 - At risk of loss - - 166 6,633 6,799
Total Judgemental portfolio 1,873,813 229,142 73,242 95,182 2,271,379
Total Behavioural portfolio 2,014,630 12,491 43,481 1,286 2,071,888
Gross finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
3,888,443 241,633 116,723 96,468 4,343,267
Provision for impairment (14,361) (5,197) (34,281) (22,482) (76,321)
Total finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
3,874,082 236,436 82,442 73,986 4,266,946
Undrawn facilities available to customers 272,829 1,805 904 - 275,538
June 2023
Judgemental portfolio
Grade 1 - Very Strong 25 - - - 25
Grade 2 - Strong 3,658 - - - 3,658
Grade 3 - Sound 41,887 477 - - 42,364
Grade 4 - Adequate 637,993 9,975 3,477 - 651,445
Grade 5 - Acceptable 1,016,113 5,492 602 - 1,022,207
Grade 6 - Monitor - 64,946 6,763 - 71,709
Grade 7 - Substandard - 76,955 13,725 - 90,680
Grade 8 - Doubtful - - - 51,284 51,284
Grade 9 - At risk of loss - - - 1,671 1,671
Total Judgemental portfolio 1,699,676 157,845 24,567 52,955 1,935,043
Total Behavioural portfolio 1,990,888 24,335 56,679 - 2,071,902
Gross finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
3,690,564 182,180 81,246 52,955 4,006,945
Provision for impairment (12,250) (2,444) (21,320) (16,131) (52,145)
Total finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
3,678,314 179,736 59,926 36,824 3,954,800
Undrawn facilities available to customers 255,174 2,609 86 - 257,869
P. 64
23 Asset quality (continued)
(c) Provision for impairment
Policy
Impairment of finance receivables measured at amortised cost
At each reporting date, the Banking Group applies a three stage approach to measuring ECL to finance receivables not carried at
fair value. The ECL model assesses whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition.
Exposures are assessed on a collective basis in each stage unless there is sufficient evidence that one or more events associated
with an exposure could have a detrimental impact on estimated future cash flows. Where such evidence exists, the exposure is
assessed on an individual basis.
For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, finance receivables are grouped based on shared credit risk
characteristics, credit risk ratings, contractual term, date of initial recognition, remaining term to maturity, customer type and
other relevant factors.
The ECL model is a forward-looking model where impairment allowances are recognised before losses are actually incurred. On
initial recognition, an impairment allowance is required, based on events that are possible in the next 12 months.
Assets may migrate between the following stages based on their change in credit quality:
Stage 1 - 12 months ECL (past due 30 days or less)
Where there has been no evidence of increased credit risk since initial recognition, and finance receivables are not credit impaired
upon origination, the portion of the lifetime ECL associated with the probability of default events occurring within the next 12
months is recognised.
Stage 2 - Lifetime ECL not credit impaired (greater than 30 but less than 90 days past due)
Where there has been a significant increase in credit risk.
Stage 3 - Lifetime ECL credit impaired (90 days past due or more)
Objective evidence of impairment, are considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired.
Credit quality of financial assets
The Banking Group internally computes probability of default using historical default data, to assess the potential risk of default of
the lending, or other financial services products, provided to counterparties or customers. The Banking Group has defined
counterparty probabilities of default across consumer, retail, business and rural portfolios.
The Banking Group considers a receivable to be in default when contractual payments are 90 days or more past due, or when it is
considered unlikely that the credit obligation to the Banking Group will be paid in full without recourse to actions, such as
realisation of security.
Finance receivables are written off against the related impairment allowance when there is no reasonable expectation of
recovery. Any recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to credit impairment expense in profit or loss.
In determining whether credit risk has increased all available information relevant to the assessment of economic conditions at
the reporting date are taken into consideration. To do this the Banking Group considers its historical loss experience and adjusts
this for current observable data. In addition to this the Banking Group uses reasonable and supportable forecasts of future
economic conditions including experienced judgement to estimate the amount of an expected impairment loss. Future economic
conditions consider macroeconomic factors such as unemployment, interest rate, gross domestic product, and inflation, and
requires an evaluation of both the current and forecast direction of the economic cycle. The methodology and assumptions
including any forecasts of future economic conditions are reviewed regularly as incorporating forward-looking information
increases the level of judgement as to how changes in these macroeconomic factors will affect the ECL.
The calculation of expected credit loss is modelled for portfolios of like assets. For portfolios which are either new or too small to
model, judgement is used to determine impairment provisions.
P. 65
23 Asset quality (continued)
Policy (continued)
Credit quality of financial assets (continued)
For assets that are individually assessed for ECL, the allowance for ECL is calculated directly as the difference between the
defaulted assets carrying value and the recoverable amount (being the present value of expected future cash flows, including cash
flows from the realisation of collateral or guarantees, where applicable).
Modification of contractual cash flows
The Banking Group sometimes modifies the terms of loans provided to customers due to commercial re-negotiations, or for
distressed loans, with a view to maximising recovery.
Such restructuring activities include extended payment term arrangements, payment holidays and payment forgiveness.
Restructuring policies and practices are based on indicators or criteria which, in the judgement of management, indicate that
payment will most likely continue.
These policies are kept under continuous review. Restructuring is most commonly applied to term loans.
The Banking Group’s models for estimating ECL for each of its portfolios are based on the historical credit experience of those
portfolios. The models assume that economic conditions remain static over time, and the provision is calculated as a point in time
estimate. In FY2024, Heartland introduced a new methodology to calculating the Forward-Looking provision (that is, the change in
provision as economic conditions change) for Motor. This includes building distribution curves based on previous loss rates. The
Banking Group then applies judgement to determine which loss rate applies to the upside, central, and downside scenario
depending on how economic conditions may change in the foreseeable future. Subsequently, the loss rates are applied to current
Motor receivables as at the reporting date to calculate forward-looking provisions under different economic scenarios.
The most significant and judgemental provision for impairment is on the motor vehicle lending with a collective ECL of $29.9
million at 30 June 2024 (2023: $15.1 million) which includes $1.0 million for a forward looking position allowing for the impact of
multiple economic scenarios.
As part of this assessment, three different economic indicators have been assessed. The assessment is based on the
macroeconomic variables which the motor vehicle portfolio is most sensitive to. This includes consumer price index (inflation), the
unemployment rate, and the OCR. However, management believes the most sensitive macroeconomic variable is unemployment,
followed by CPI, then OCR. Therefore, the tables below present the forecasts for both the unemployment rate and CPI. The
modelled provision for the motor vehicle lending is a probability weighted estimate based on three scenarios. The forecast of
unemployment across all three scenarios uses consensus external data obtained from external economic experts, as well as, an
average of forecasts from the relevant big four banks.
The forecast assumes the following for unemployment and CPI for all three scenarios:
Unemployment Rate 2024/2025 2025/2026 2026/2027
Upside 4.68% 4.58% 4.50%
Central 5.13% 5.03% 4.80%
Downside 6.10% 6.28% 5.40%
CPI 2024/2025 2025/2026 2026/2027
Upside 2.00% 2.00% 1.90%
Central 2.30% 2.05% 2.10%
Downside 2.70% 2.40% 2.60%
P. 66
23 Asset quality (continued)
The probability weights assigned to each scenario are based on management’s estimate of their relative likelihood. The following
table indicates the weightings applied by the Banking Group as at 30 June 2024:
Upside 10%
Central 50%
Downside 40%
The weightings are based on management’s belief that there is still significant downside risk, uncertainty, and stresses in future
economic conditions. Therefore, management has applied a 40% probability on the downside scenario. The following sensitivity
table shows the provision for impairment based on the probability weighted scenarios and what the impairment allowance for
motor vehicle lending would be assuming a 100% weighting is applied to the three scenarios with all other assumptions held
constant.
Reported probability weighted impairment allowance $29.9 million
100% Upside $28.8 million
100% Central $29.0 million
100% Downside $31.7 million
P. 67
23 Asset quality (continued)
(c) Provision for impairment (continued)
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
June 2024
Corporate
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023
11,089 1,337 8,530 16,131 37,087
Business combination under common control 899 - 161 - 1,060
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(1,074) (2,655) 1,640 2,089 -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
(4,147) 3,041 13,957 11,780 24,631
Credit impairment charge (5,221) 386 15,597 13,869 24,631
Write-offs
- - (4,258) (7,518) (11,776)
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate
(14) (7) 21 - -
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2024 6,753 1,716 20,051 22,482 51,002
Residential
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023
127 - - - 127
Acquisition of subsidiary 167 - - - 167
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
- - - - -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
(129) 3 110 - (16)
Credit impairment charge (129) 3 110 - (16)
Write-offs
- - - - -
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2024 165 3 110 - 278
All Other
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 1,034 1,111 12,786 - 14,931
Business combination under common control 37 9 14 - 60
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(333) (3,032) 3,365 - -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
6,705 5,390 10,877 - 22,972
Credit impairment charge 6,372 2,358 14,242 - 22,972
Write-offs
- - (12,922) - (12,922)
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2024 7,443 3,478 14,120 - 25,041
Total
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 12,250 2,448 21,316 16,131 52,145
Business combination under common control 936 9 175 - 1,120
Acquisition of subsidiary
167 - - - 167
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(1,407) (5,687) 5,005 2,089 -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
2,429 8,434 24,944 11,780 47,587
Credit impairment charge 1,022 2,747 29,949 13,869 47,587
Write-offs
- - (17,180) (7,518) (24,698)
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate (14) (7) 21 - -
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2024 14,361 5,197 34,281 22,482 76,321
1
The increase in provision when a loan moves to a higher stage is included in New and increased provision (net of provision releases) in the
higher stage to which the loan moved. The decrease in provision when a loan moves to a lower stage is included in New and increased provision
(net of provision releases) in the higher stage from which the loan moved.
P. 68
23 Asset quality (continued)
(c) Provision for impairment (continued)
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
June 2023
Corporate
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022
19,353 901 4,941 15,001 40,196
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(7,738) (1,940) 1,346 8,332 -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
(526) 2,376 4,653 4,701 11,204
Credit impairment charge (8,264) 436 5,999 13,033 11,204
Write-offs
- - (2,410) (11,903) (14,313)
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 11,089 1,337 8,530 16,131 37,087
Residential
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022
115 - - - 115
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
- - - - -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
12 - - - 12
Credit impairment charge 12 - - - 12
Write-offs
- - - - -
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 127 - - - 127
All Other
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022
(267) 966 9,417 - 10,116
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(459) (1,883) 2,342 - -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
1,760 2,028 9,786 - 13,574
Credit impairment charge 1,301 145 12,128 - 13,574
Write-offs
- - (8,759) - (8,759)
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 1,034 1,111 12,786 - 14,931
Total
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022
19,201 1,863 14,362 15,001 50,427
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(8,197) (3,823) 3,688 8,332 -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
1,246 4,404 14,439 4,701 24,790
Credit impairment charge (6,951) 581 18,127 13,033 24,790
Write-offs
- - (11,169) (11,903) (23,072)
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 12,250 2,444 21,320 16,131 52,145
1
The increase in provision when a loan moves to a higher stage is included in New and increased provision (net of provision releases) in the
higher stage to which the loan moved. The decrease in provision when a loan moves to a lower stage is included in New and increased provision
(net of provision releases) in the higher stage from which the loan moved.
P. 69
23 Asset quality (continued)
(d) Impact of changes in gross finance receivables held at amortised cost on allowance for ECL
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
June 2024
Corporate
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 2,310,034 158,956 44,709 52,955 2,566,654
Business combination under common control 278,680 - 176 - 278,856
Transfer between stages (203,286) 73,059 76,475 53,752 -
Additions 672,083 - - - 672,083
Deletions (634,764) (14,834) (50,932) (2,487) (703,017)
Write-offs (36) (96) (2,647) (7,752) (10,531)
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate (1,496) - (1) - (1,497)
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2024 2,421,215 217,085 67,780 96,468 2,802,548
Residential
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 322,486 - - - 322,486
Acquisition of subsidiary 61,074 - - - 61,074
Transfer between stages (2,653) 1,891 762 - -
Additions 24,588 - - - 24,588
Deletions (11,356) - - - (11,356)
Write-offs - - - - -
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate (243) - - - (243)
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2024 393,896 1,891 762 - 396,549
All Other
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 1,058,044 23,224 36,537 - 1,117,805
Acquisition of subsidiary 105 - - - 105
Business combination under common control 1,909 245 82 - 2,236
Transfer between stages (55,505) 20,798 34,707 - -
Additions 587,532 - - - 587,532
Deletions (518,556) (21,076) (9,699) - (549,331)
Write-offs (190) (532) (13,445) - (14,167)
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate (7) (2) (1) - (10)
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2024 1,073,332 22,657 48,181 - 1,144,170
Total
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 3,690,564 182,180 81,246 52,955 4,006,945
Acquisition of subsidiary 61,179 - - - 61,179
Business combination under common control 280,589 245 258 - 281,092
Transfer between stages (261,444) 95,748 111,944 53,752 -
Additions 1,284,203 - - - 1,284,203
Deletions (1,164,676) (35,910) (60,631) (2,487) (1,263,704)
Write-offs (226) (628) (16,092) (7,752) (24,698)
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate (1,746) (2) (2) - (1,750)
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2024 3,888,443 241,633 116,723 96,468 4,343,267
P. 70
23 Asset quality (continued)
(d) Impact of changes in gross finance receivables held at amortised cost on allowance for ECL (continued)
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
June 2023
Corporate
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 2,289,350 99,514 21,306 66,183 2,476,353
Transfer between stages (180,762) 139,860 29,179 11,723 -
Additions 711,378 - - 9,326 720,704
Deletions (509,932) (80,418) (2,685) (15,194) (608,229)
Write-offs - - (3,091) (19,083) (22,174)
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 2,310,034 158,956 44,709 52,955 2,566,654
Residential
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 285,844 - - - 285,844
Transfer between stages - - - - -
Additions 42,721 - - - 42,721
Deletions (6,079) - - - (6,079)
Write-offs - - - - -
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 322,486 - - - 322,486
All Other
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 1,008,141 18,001 24,319 - 1,050,461
Transfer between stages (56,358) 21,943 34,415 - -
Additions 642,266 - - - 642,266
Deletions (536,005) (16,720) (14,046) - (566,771)
Write-offs - - (8,151) - (8,151)
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 1,058,044 23,224 36,537 - 1,117,805
Total
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 3,583,335 117,515 45,625 66,183 3,812,658
Transfer between stages (237,120) 161,803 63,594 11,723 -
Additions 1,396,365 - - 9,326 1,405,691
Deletions (1,052,016) (97,138) (16,731) (15,194) (1,181,079)
Write-offs - - (11,242) (19,083) (30,325)
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 3,690,564 182,180 81,246 52,955 4,006,945
Impact of changes in gross exposures on loss allowances - Corporate exposures
Overall credit impairment provisions for corporate exposures increased by $13.9 million (37.5%) for the year ended 30 June 2024,
mainly due to increase in the corporate exposure portfolio of $292.7 million (11.4%) and deterioration of credit quality of certain
exposure resulting in $203.3 million exposure moved from Stage 1 (12 month ECL) into more advanced stages. The Stage 3 and
individually assessed exposure has gone up by $66.6 million (68.2%), which has resulted in higher provision of $17.9 million
(72.5%) partially offset by the release of provisions previously held under Stage 1 exposures.
Impact of changes in gross exposures on loss allowances – All other exposures
Overall credit impairment provisions for All Other exposures increased by $10.1 million (67.7%) for the year ended 30 June 2024
mainly due to the shifting of exposures amounting to $55.5 million from Stage 1 into more advanced stages.
P. 71
23 Asset quality (continued)
(e) Other asset quality information
As at 30 June 2024 there were $0.03 million undrawn lending commitments available to counterparties for whom drawn balances
are classified as individually impaired (2023: nil). As at 30 June 2024, the Banking Group had $0.436 million assets under
administration (2023: $0.349 million).
As at 30 June 2024, the contractual amount outstanding on loans to customers written off during the year and are still subject to
enforcement activity was nil (2023: nil).
24 Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Banking Group is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due. The timing mismatch of
cash flows and the related liquidity risk in all banking operations is closely monitored by the Banking Group.
Measurement of liquidity risk is designed to ensure that the Banking Group has the ability to generate or obtain sufficient cash in
a timely manner and at a reasonable price to meet its financial commitments on a daily basis.
The Banking Group’s exposure to liquidity risk is governed by a policy approved by the Board and managed by the GALCO. This
policy sets out the nature of the risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, and the GALCO must observe. Within this, the
objective of the GALCO is to derive the most appropriate strategy for the Banking Group in terms of a mix of assets and liabilities
given its expectations of future cash flows, liquidity constraints and capital adequacy. The GALCO employs asset and liability cash
flow modelling to determine appropriate liquidity and funding strategies.
The Australian Banking Group manages its own domestic liquidity and funding needs in accordance with its own liquidity policy
and the policies of the Banking Group. HBA’s liquidity policy is also overseen by APRA.
In March 2020, the Bank was onboarded by the RBNZ as an approved counterparty and executed a 2011 Global Master Repo
Agreement providing an additional source for intra-day liquidity for the Banking Group if required.
The Banking Group holds the following liquid assets and committed funding sources for the purpose of managing liquidity risk:
$000's June 2024 June 2023
Cash and cash equivalents 627,969 216,044
Investments 1,078,656 315,192
Total liquid assets 1,706,625 531,236
Undrawn committed bank facilities 465,600 172,946
Total liquid assets and committed undrawn funding 2,172,225 704,182
P. 72
24 Liquidity risk (continued)
Contractual liquidity profile of financial liabilities
The following tables present the Banking Group's financial liabilities by relevant maturity groupings based upon contractual
maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the tables represent undiscounted future principal and interest cash flows. As a result,
the amounts in the tables below may differ to the amounts reported on the statement of financial position.
The contractual cash flows presented below may differ significantly from actual cash flows. This occurs as a result of future
actions by the Banking Group and its counterparties, such as early repayments or refinancing of term loans and borrowings.
Deposits and other public borrowings include customer savings deposits and transactional accounts, which are at call. These
accounts provide a stable source of long term funding for the Banking Group.
On 0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5 5+
$000's Demand Months Months Years Years Years Total
June 2024
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Deposits 911,654 3,256,750 1,740,935 115,870 95,356 - 6,120,565
Other borrowings - 205,029 305,010 1,304,185 217,942 443,513 2,475,679
Due to related parties - 7,653 - - - - 7,653
Lease liabilities - 2,158 2,212 4,043 10,610 640 19,663
Other financial liabilities - 18,776 - - - - 18,776
Total non-derivative financial liabilities 911,654 3,490,366 2,048,157 1,424,098 323,908 444,153 8,642,336
Derivative financial liabilities
Inflows from derivatives - 20,407 7,570 14,491 30,423 - 72,891
Outflows from derivatives - 22,877 8,750 15,832 31,551 - 79,010
Total derivative financial liabilities - 2,470 1,180 1,341 1,128 - 6,119
Undrawn facilities available to customers 554,307 - - - - - 554,307
June 2023
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Deposits 782,775 2,313,983 1,015,525 62,618 42,186 - 4,217,087
Other borrowings - 184,397 138,217 237,138 22,551 136,274 718,577
Due to related parties - 7,173 - - - - 7,173
Lease liabilities - 1,356 1,368 2,643 6,615 2,731 14,713
Other financial liabilities - 40,963 - - - - 40,963
Total non-derivative financial liabilities 782,775 2,547,872 1,155,110 302,399 71,352 139,005 4,998,513
Derivative financial liabilities
Inflows from derivatives - 3,583 3,552 4,799 13,469 - 25,403
Outflows from derivatives - 6,644 6,796 5,773 13,125 - 32,338
Total derivative financial liabilities - 3,061 3,244 974 (344) - 6,935
Undrawn faciliti
[TRUNCATED]
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.